texlive[49540] Master: skrapport (30dec18)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Sun Dec 30 23:11:16 CET 2018
Revision: 49540
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=49540
Author: karl
Date: 2018-12-30 23:11:16 +0100 (Sun, 30 Dec 2018)
Log Message:
-----------
skrapport (30dec18)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/skrapport.pdf
trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/skrapport/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/Makefile
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/Makefile
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/Makefile 2018-12-30 22:10:06 UTC (rev 49539)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/Makefile 2018-12-30 22:11:16 UTC (rev 49540)
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-TEXMFHOME ?= $(shell kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFHOME)
-.PHONY: all clean distclean install dist test clean-test
-all: skrapport.tex skrapport.pdf skrapport.cls README
-clean: clean-test
- rm -f *.gl? *.id? *.aux # problematic files
- rm -f *.bbl *.bcf *.bib *.blg *.xdy # biblatex
- rm -f *.fls *.log *.out *.run.xml *.toc # junk
-distclean: clean
- rm -f *.cls *.sty *.clo *.tar.gz *.tds.zip README
- git reset --hard
-
-%.pdf: %.tex %.cls
- makeglossaries $*
- biber $*
- pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -halt-on-error $<
- makeglossaries $*
- pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -halt-on-error $<
-
-%.cls: %.tex
- pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -halt-on-error $<
-
-%.sty: skrapport.cls
-
-%.clo: skrapport.cls
-
-README: README.md
- sed -e '1,4d;$$d' $< > $@
-
-install: all
- install -m 0644 skrapport-*.sty $(TEXMFHOME)/tex/latex/skrapport/
- install -m 0644 skrapport-*.clo $(TEXMFHOME)/tex/latex/skrapport/
- install -m 0644 skrapport.cls $(TEXMFHOME)/tex/latex/skrapport/skrapport.cls
- install -m 0644 skrapport.pdf $(TEXMFHOME)/doc/latex/skrapport/skrapport.pdf
- install -m 0644 skrapport.tex $(TEXMFHOME)/source/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex
- install -m 0644 README $(TEXMFHOME)/doc/latex/skrapport/README
- -mktexlsr
-
-skrapport.tar.gz: all
- mkdir -p skrapport
- cp README skrapport/README
- cp skrapport.pdf skrapport/skrapport.pdf
- mkdir -p skrapport/source
- cp Makefile skrapport/source/Makefile
- cp skrapport.tex skrapport/source/skrapport.tex
- mkdir -p skrapport/latex
- cp skrapport-*.sty skrapport/latex/
- cp skrapport-*.clo skrapport/latex/
- cp skrapport.cls skrapport/latex/skrapport.cls
- tar -czf $@ skrapport
- rm -rf skrapport
-
-dist: skrapport.tar.gz
-
-test:
- cp -f skrapport-*.sty tests/
- cp -f skrapport-*.clo tests/
- $(MAKE) -C tests
-
-clean-test:
- $(MAKE) -C tests clean
- rm -rf tests/skrapport-*.sty
- rm -rf tests/skrapport-*.clo
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/skrapport.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex 2018-12-30 22:10:06 UTC (rev 49539)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex 2018-12-30 22:11:16 UTC (rev 49540)
@@ -1,4375 +0,0 @@
-%% skrapport Skånings rapportklass
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2012-2016 by Simon Sigurdhsson <sigurdhsson at gmail.com>
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Simon Sigurdhsson.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the file skrapport.tex and the derived files:
-%% * skrapport.cls
-%% * skrapport-colortheme-default.sty
-%% * skrapport-colortheme-unscathed.sty
-%% * skrapport-colortheme-violet.sty
-%% * skrapport-colortheme-cruelwater.sty
-%% * skrapport-colortheme-skdoc.sty
-%% * skrapport-size-common.sty
-%% * skrapport-size10pt.clo
-%% * skrapport-size11pt.clo
-%% * skrapport-size12pt.clo
-\documentclass{skdoc}
-\let\SI\relax
-\usepackage{siunitx}
-\DeclareSIUnit\point{pt}
-\usepackage{hologo,booktabs,xcoffins,calc}
-\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}
-\usepackage{csquotes}
-\usepackage{varioref,cleveref}
-%\usepackage{chslacite}
-
-\ExplSyntaxOn
-\cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn\ExplHack{
- \char_set_catcode_letter:n{ 58 }
- \char_set_catcode_letter:n{ 95 }
-}
-\ExplSyntaxOff
-
-% Hide the implementation
-\OnlyDescription
-
-% Bibliography entries
-\begin{filecontents}{skrapport.bib}
- @article{kpfonts,
- author = {Christophe Caignaert},
- title = {KP-Fonts 3.31},
- year = {2010},
- url = {http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/kpfonts/doc/kpfonts.pdf}
- }
- @standard{ISO216,
- title = {ISO 216:2007},
- subtitle = {Writing paper and certain classes of printed matter -- Trimmed sizes -- A and B series, and indication of machine direction},
- author = {{International Organization for Standardization, Technical Committee 6}},
- year = {2007}
- }
- @standard{ISO8601,
- title = {ISO 8601:2004},
- subtitle = {Data elements and interchange formats -- Information interchange -- Representation of dates and times},
- author = {{International Organization for Standardization, Technical Committee 154}},
- year = {2004}
- }
- @article{Flynn,
- author = {Peter Flynn},
- title = {Rolling your own Document Class: Using \LaTeX{} to
- keep away from the Dark Side},
- journal = {The Prac\TeX{} Journal},
- number = {4},
- year = {2006},
- url = {http://tug.org/pracjourn/2006-4/flynn/flynn.pdf}
- }
-\end{filecontents}
-\addbibresource{skrapport.bib}
-
-% Declare the target files
-\SelfPreambleTo{\mypreamble}
-\DeclareFile[key=class,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport.cls}
-\DeclareFile[key=size-common,preamble=\mypreamble]%
- {skrapport-size-common.sty}
-\DeclareFile[key=size-10,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport-size10pt.clo}
-\DeclareFile[key=size-11,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport-size11pt.clo}
-\DeclareFile[key=size-12,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport-size12pt.clo}
-\DeclareFile[key=theme-default,preamble=\mypreamble]%
- {skrapport-colortheme-default.sty}
-\DeclareFile[key=theme-unscathed,preamble=\mypreamble]%
- {skrapport-colortheme-unscathed.sty}
-\DeclareFile[key=theme-cruelwater,preamble=\mypreamble]%
- {skrapport-colortheme-cruelwater.sty}
-\DeclareFile[key=theme-violet,preamble=\mypreamble]%
- {skrapport-colortheme-violet.sty}
-\DeclareFile[key=theme-skdoc,preamble=\mypreamble]%
- {skrapport-colortheme-skdoc.sty}
-
-% This is where the documentation begins
-\begin{document}
- % Change & version info
- \version{0.12i}
- \changes{0.01}{Initial version}
- \changes{0.03}{Removed \cs{rd} and \cs{id}}
- \changes{0.04}{Added \pkg{microtype} package}
- \changes{0.05}{Improved documentation}
- \changes{0.06}{Corrected cheksum, further improved documentation}
- \changes{0.07}{Various bugfixes, \hologo{XeLaTeX} compatibility,
- better float settings, quote style fix,
- \opt{intlimits} option to \pkg{amsmath}}
- \changes{0.07a}{Fixed \pkg{kpfonts} issues}
- \changes{0.09}{Introduced \pkg{kvoptions},
- fixed abstract in twocolumn mode}
- \changes{0.10}{Include skmath if exists
- and wanted. Gobble optional arguments to
- \env{figure} and \env{table} in two-column mode}
- \changes{0.10a}{Include \pkg{xparse} (fixes breakage)}
- \changes{0.11}{Added \opt{minion} for Adobe Minion Pro font}
- \changes{0.11a}{Added \opt{skdoc} font option and \thm{skdoc} color theme}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated several macros, moved to \LaTeX3. Use of TOC depth above 3 is now unsupported}
- \changes{0.12a}{The \pkg{fontspec} package is now only loaded when using the \texttt{word} or \texttt{none} font stacks on \hologo{LuaLaTeX} or \hologo{XeLaTeX}. The \texttt{word} font stack is now
- the default font stack on \hologo{XeLaTeX}}
- \changes{0.12b}{Minor and major bugfixes to \cs{maketitle}, \opt{ptsize}, \opt{twocolumn} and others}
- \changes{0.12c}{Added german language option, fixed sectioning macros in \opt{twocolumn} mode}
- \changes{0.12d}{Added \opt{hanging-titles}, latin phrase macros. Load \pkg{isomath}. Don't load \pkg{icomma}. Use \cs{frenchspacing}}
- \changes{0.12e}{Replace usage of deprecated \pkg{expl3} macros (thanks for the heads-up, Joseph Wright!)}
- \changes{0.12f}{Fix incorrect usage of \pkg{xparse} macros}
- \changes{0.12g}{Track \pkg{expl3} changes (thanks to Joseph Wright)}
- \changes{0.12h}{Fix incompatibilities with recent \pkg{expl3}}
- \changes{0.12i}{Track \pkg{expl3} changes (thanks to Joseph Wright)}
- % Don't forget to update the version number and release date of
- % the package declaration in the implementation!
-
- % Metadata
- \package[ctan=skrapport,vcs=https://github.com/urdh/skrapport]{skrapport}
- \title{The \textbf{\thepackage} document class}
- \author{Simon Sigurdhsson}
- \email{sigurdhsson at gmail.com}
-
- % First page
- \maketitle
- \begin{abstract}
- A document class intended for simple documents \emph{e.g.}
- reports handed in to courses and such. It is small,
- straight-forward and heavily inspired by the Prac\TeX{}
- Journal style.
- \end{abstract}
- \tableofcontents
-
- \section{Documentation}
- The \thepackage\ document class aims to make typesetting simple but
- stylish documents (mostly reports) as effortless as possible. It
- does this by mostly reimplementing the default \pkg{article} class
- in \LaTeX3, while making modifications to both form and function
- along the way.
-
- Because it is reimplemented in \LaTeX3, it may be incompatible with
- any number of packages that patch or otherwise modify internals of
- \pkg{article} or other document classes. For commonly used packages
- (especially those used frequently by the author), this shouldn't be
- a problem. The author gladly accepts reports of any such issues at
- the project issue tracker --- see \enquote{Known issues} on
- \vpageref{sec:issues}.
-
- \subsection{Options}
- As with other document classes, the class is loaded, possibly with
- options, by issuing \Macro\documentclass[<options>]{skrapport}.
- The class has a number of options controlling both form and function,
- by \emph{e.g.} setting the font size, selecting a font stack, setting
- the section title style, and so on.
-
- \subsubsection{Layout}
- Two options controlling the overall layout of the document are
- provided. Collectively they control the paper size and text layout
- of the document.
-
- \Option{paper}\WithValues{a4, a5}\AndDefault{a4}
- The \opt{paper} option controls the paper size of the document.
- Internally, this is set by the \pkg{typearea} package, so in theory
- many more paper sizes could be available, but the current options
- cover most useful documents.
-
- \Option{twocolumn}
- The \opt{twocolumn} option sets up a two-column mode. This is not
- provided by internal \LaTeX\ mechanics as in the original
- \pkg{article} class, but instead by patching environments and macros
- and using a combination of the \pkg{multicol} and \pkg{grid}
- packages. In theory, this means that baselines of adjacent columns
- should be aligned, and that three- or four-column modes are possible
- in the future (but that'd be ridiculous).
-
- \subsubsection{Style}
- A couple of options to control the style of the document are
- provided. Two of them, \opt{leqno} and \opt{fleqn}, are mainly
- provided for compatibility with the \pkg{article} class.
-
- \Option{leqno}
- This option makes display math environments typeset their labels on
- the left-hand side of the formula instead of the right-hand side.
-
- \Option{fleqn}
- This option makes display math environments left-align the entire
- formula as opposed to centering it.
-
- \Option{indent}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
- The \opt{indent} option enables or disables the indentation of
- paragraphs, with the default being not to indent anything. The
- default behaviour thus is similar to that obtained using the
- \pkg{parskip} package with the \pkg{article} package.
-
- \Option{titles}\WithValues{rm, it, bf, sf}\AndDefault{bf}
- Section titles (and a few other elements) are controlled by this
- option in that they are typeset either using the regular roman font,
- the boldfaced roman font or the sans serif font. For historical
- reasons the default is a boldfaced roman font, but the sans serif
- option is very handsome.
-
- \Option{hanging-titles}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
- This options allow sections to be set as \enquote{hanging} titles,
- \emph{i.e.} with the section number in the margin.
-
- \Option{color}\WithValues{\meta{color theme}}\AndDefault{default}
- This option tells the class to activate color theme support and
- optionally load a color theme. Several color themes are available
- (as detailed by \enquote{Color themes} \vpageref{ssec:color}),
- and the special value \texttt{false} disables color support
- entirely (which only means that the \pkg{xcolor} package isn't
- loaded, and that \cs{colortheme} remains undefined).
-
- \subsubsection{Fonts}
- Only two options control the font setup of the document class. The
- class provides the same point sizes as \pkg{article}, but also
- provides a large number of font stacks to choose from.
-
- \Option{ptsize}\WithValues{10pt, 11pt, 12pt}\AndDefault{11pt}
- The document class provides the same three point sizes as the
- \pkg{article} class. There is room for expansion, but there really
- shouldn't be any reason to use other point sizes.
-
- \Option{font}\WithValues{none, kpfonts, lmodern, palatino, minion, skdoc, word}\AndDefault{kpfonts}
- Several different font stacks, detailed by \vref{tab:font}, are
- provided. Most of these work with \hologo{pdfLaTeX}, but there are
- two special font stacks: \texttt{none} and \texttt{word}. The
- former, predictably, loads no fonts whatsoever leaving the document
- with Computer Modern fonts. This is useful if the fonts are replaced
- later anyway, such as when using \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
-
- The \texttt{word}
- font stack, however, does load a few fonts. The fonts must be present
- and installed on the system as OTF or TTF fonts, and the font stack
- requires either \hologo{XeLaTeX} or \hologo{LuaLaTeX}.
- Both \texttt{word} and \texttt{none} load the \pkg{fontspec}
- package, assuming the document is compiled using \hologo{XeLaTeX}
- or \hologo{LuaLaTeX}.
-
- \Notice{The \texttt{skdoc} font stack doesn't have a math font.}
- \Warning{Currently, \pkg{fontspec} is always loaded by
- \hologo{XeLaTeX} regardless of options due to
- the use of \pkg{polyglossia}. This means that
- you \emph{have} to use OpenType fonts in your
- document, otherwise \emph{only} Latin Modern
- Roman (\emph{i.e.} no sans-serif or monospace
- fonts) will be available. Therefore, the \texttt{word}
- font stack is the default when using \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
- \Hologo{LuaLaTeX} is not affected by this.}
-
- \begin{table}[tp]
- \centering
- \caption{Font stacks provided by \thepackage.}
- \label{tab:font}
- \NewCoffin\tempcoffin\newlength\templength
- \SetHorizontalCoffin\tempcoffin{
- \begin{tabular}{lllll}
- \toprule
- Font stack & Serif font & Math font & Sans serif font & Monospace font \\
- \midrule
- \texttt{kpfonts} & Kp-Fonts & Kp-Fonts & Kp-Fonts & Kp-Fonts \\
- \texttt{lmodern} & Latin Modern & Latin Modern & Latin Modern & Source Code Pro \\
- \texttt{palatino} & \TeX\ Gyre & PX & Arev & Source Code Pro \\
- \texttt{minion} & Minion Pro & Minion Pro & Myriad Pro & Source Code Pro \\
- \texttt{skdoc} & PT Serif & --- & Open Sans & Source Code Pro \\
- \texttt{word} & Cambria & Cambria Math & Calibri & Consolas \\
- \bottomrule
- \end{tabular}
- }
- \setlength{\templength}{(\textwidth - \CoffinWidth\tempcoffin)/2}
- \hspace*{\templength}
- \TypesetCoffin\tempcoffin
- \end{table}
-
- \subsubsection{Functionality}
- The final three options affect functionality in one way or another.
- Since \thepackage\ was originally designed for reports written in
- either swedish or english, the class always loads either \pkg{babel}
- or \pkg{polyglossia} with either of these languages. Additionally,
- the class may load the \pkg{skmath} package if desirable.
-
- \Option{nomath}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
- When \texttt{false}, the \pkg{skmath} package is loaded, providing
- improvements to the math functionality of \pkg{amsmath} and friends.
-
- \Option{lang}\WithValues{en, sv, de}\AndDefault{sv}
- This option specifies what main language \pkg{babel} or
- \pkg{polyglossia} set up with. English (or swedish, for
- \texttt{lang=en}) is loaded as well, for use in constructs
- that allow for a second language.
-
- \Option{draft}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
- The \opt{draft} option, much like in \pkg{article}, enables
- \cs{overfullrule}s and possibly similar functionality in loaded
- packages (if they react to the global \opt{draft} option).
-
- \subsection{User-level commands and environments}
- The general idea behind the document class is to provide most
- (if not all) of the macros provided by the standard \LaTeXe{}
- classes, as well as additional macros to simplify and beautify
- the documents produced. As such, most of the documentation that
- follows details macros that are present in the standard document
- classes. Some of them have changed functionality or semantics,
- so at least a skim through this section is recommended.
-
- \subsubsection{The front page}
- The front page is the part of the document that has seen the most
- changes in \thepackage\ compared to \pkg{article}. In addition to
- the new, Prac\TeX-inspired layout, there are a few additional
- pieces of information in it. Also, the \cs{author} macro has been
- dramatically improved.
-
- \DescribeMacro\date{<ISO8601 date>}
- The \cs{date} macro now internally employs \pkg{isodate} to typeset
- the date of the document. This means that the input must be either
- the string \enquote{today}, the token \cs{today} or a date as defined
- by ISO8601\footcite{ISO8601}. The mechanisms provided by
- \pkg{isodate} can be used to affect the output format.
-
- \DescribeMacro\author[<email>]{<name>}
- In contrast with the \pkg{article} package, the \cs{author} macro
- should no longer be used to typeset several author names at once.
- Instead, one \cs{author} command is to be issued for every author,
- optionally providing a corresponding email. These are then combined,
- in the order they are given, to form a list of authors and a
- corresponding list of email adresses.
-
- \DescribeMacro\regarding{<topic>}
- This macro defines a topic or other short message detailing the
- purpose of the document. It is typeset along with the date in the
- upper left corner of the title page.
-
- \DescribeMacro\license{<license name>}
- The \cs{license} macro defines a short license name to be typeset
- in the lower right corner of the title page. This mechanism could of
- course be used to typeset an institution name or similar as well.
- It is only typeset when also using the \env{titlepage} environment
- described below.
-
- \DescribeMacro\title{<document title>}
- The \cs{title} macro, while not defined by \pkg{skrapport}, is
- relevant to describe. It simply sets the title of the document, as
- displayed by \cs{maketitle}.
-
- \DescribeMacro\maketitle[hide=\{date,regarding,email\},nopdfinfo]
- As in \pkg{article}, the \cs{maketitle} macro typesets the
- information provided by \cs{title}, \cs{author} and friends to form
- a stylish front page. When combined with \env{abstract},
- \env{titlepage} and/or \cs{tableofcontents}, you get a very
- good-looking preamble with almost no effort.
-
- The optional argument is a key-value list with two valid entries,
- \opt*{hide} and \opt*{nopdfinfo}. The \opt*{hide} entry accepts a
- comma-separated list in which the values \opt*{date},
- \opt*{regarding} and \opt*{email}
- are interpreted as instructions to hide the corresponding entry from
- the front page. The \opt*{nopdfinfo} key disables the generation of
- PDF information by \pkg{hyperref}.
-
- \DescribeEnv[<abstract text>]{abstract}
- The \env{abstract} environment defines an abstract, which is typeset
- in a block with the \cs{abstractname} word next to it (see
- \emph{e.g.} the title page of this manual for an example).
-
- \DescribeEnv[<title page contents>]{titlepage}
- Normally, \cs{maketitle} doesn't reserve its own page. By enclosing
- \cs{maketitle} (and \env{abstract} if appropriate) in the
- \env{titlepage} environment, the contents are typeset on their
- own page, without page numbering and with the \cs{license} text
- in the lower right corner (if applicable).
-
- \subsubsection{Sectioning}
- \DescribeMacro\section*[<short title>]{<title>}
- \DescribeMacro\subsection*[<short title>]{<title>}
- \DescribeMacro\subsubsection*[<short title>]{<title>}
- \DescribeMacro\paragraph*[<short title>]{<title>}
- \DescribeMacro\subparagraph*[<short title>]{<title>}
- The sectioning macros are superficially very similar to those
- provided by \pkg{article}, but have been completely reimplemented
- in \pkg{expl3} code. Additionally, the style of these sectioning
- macros, as detailed by the \opt{titles} option documentation above,
- can be changed.
-
- All of them have both arguments and behaviour in common, only
- differing in style. The starred versions are unnumbered, but still
- accept the opional short title (simply discarding it). The optional
- short title is used in the table of contents. The
- \texttt{secnumdepth} counter limits the depth of section numbering.
-
- The first three macros, being section titles, are typeset as actual
- titles on their own line with appropriate spacing above and below.
- The paragraph macros instead typeset run-in titles.
-
- \subsubsection{Macros and environments from \pkg{article}}
- Aside from the \env{itemize} and \env{enumerate} envionments and the
- font selection macros, which are carried without modification from
- \LaTeXe, a couple of environments and macros are defined.
-
- The old font macros, whose use has been discouraged for a long time,
- are now deprecated. Instead of functioning correctly, they will emit
- an error and require user input. Use the \cs*{text??}/\cs*{??family}
- macros instead. For emphasis, use the \cs{emph} macro.
-
- \DescribeMacro\emph{<text>}
- Emphasized text will be typeset in italic, or bold italic if the
- macro is used in a context where italic is already used (such as
- inside another \cs{emph} invokation).
-
- \DescribeEnv[\cs*{item}\oarg{item} \meta{description}]{description}
- The \env{description} environment behaves as expected, typesetting
- a list of descriptions as in the \pkg{article} class.
-
- \DescribeEnv[<short quote>]{quote}
- Intended for short quotes, the \env{quote} environment simply
- typesets a centered block of italic text.
-
- \DescribeEnv[<long quote>]{quotation}
- Longer quoted passages are typeset using the \env{quotation}
- environment. This is simply a \env{quote} environment with additional
- spacing above and below.
-
- \DescribeEnv[<pretentious poetry>]{verse}
- The \env{verse} environment is intended for poetry and other text
- where line breaks are critical. Use \verb|\\| to break
- lines.
-
- \DescribeMacro\appendix
- This macro signals the end of the main matter and the start of
- the appendix. In essence, it resets the section numbering counter
- and changes the section numbering to the upper-case alphabetic
- sequence.
-
- \subsubsection{Floats}
- Both the \env{figure} and \env{table} float environments accept an
- optional positioning argument. The default positioning is
- \texttt{tp}. Both environments also have starred variants, which
- do nothing in one-column mode while typesetting the figure across
- both columns in two-column mode. As usual, \cs{centering},
- \cs{caption} and \cs{label} should be used inside the floats.
-
- \DescribeEnv[<content>]{figure}[position]
- This float environment is intended for figures. The most common
- contents are \cs{includegraphics} statements or \env{tikzpicture}
- environments.
-
- \DescribeEnv[<content>]{table}[position]
- A float intended for tables. Probably contains \env{tabular}s.
-
- \DescribeEnv{figcenter}
- This environment is useful for wide figures and tables. It typesets
- its contents centered horizonally, but allows the content to extend
- into the margin. The content is set in a horizontal coffin.
-
- \subsubsection{Table of contents}
- \DescribeMacro\tableofcontents
- The table of contents are typeset using this macro. The
- \texttt{tocdepth} counter limits the depth of the table of
- contents, but for stylistic reasons values higher than 3 are
- unsupported.
-
-% \subsubsection{Basic bibliography support}
-
- \subsubsection{Miscellaneous}
- \DescribeMacro\comment*{<comment>}
- \DescribeMacro\note*{<comment>}
- \DescribeMacro\com*{<comment>}
- These macros, the two latter being aliases of the first one, typeset
- an author's comment in the document. The starred variants typeset the
- comment inline with a red background, while the unstarred variant
- typesets the comment in a \cs{marginpar}.
-
- \DescribeMacro\eg
- \DescribeMacro\ie
- \DescribeMacro\etc
- \DescribeMacro\cf
- \DescribeMacro\viz
- These macro print the abbreviation of the latin phrases
- \emph{exempli gratia}, \emph{id est}, \emph{et cetera},
- \emph{confer} and \emph{videlicet}, respectively.
- The macros peek ahead to find punctuation marks and spaces, so they
- should behave correctly regardless of usage (assuming they're used in
- running text and uncomplicated settings). In languages other than
- english, appropriate translations are made if applicable.
-
- \DescribeMacro\dash
- This macro prints an em-dash surrounded by thin spaces, as discussed
- by \textcite[\pno~8]{Flynn}. When \cs*{DeclareUnicodeCharacter} is
- available, the real em dash uses this definition.
-
- \subsubsection{Color theme support}
- \DescribeMacro\colortheme{<theme>}
- The \cs{colortheme} macro, which is only available when the
- \opt{color} option is \texttt{true}, applies a color theme to
- the document. For a list of available color themes, see
- \enquote{Color themes} \vpageref{ssec:color}.
-
- \subsubsection{Font size macros}
- The font size macros, expectedly, set the size of the text. They
- do not take arguments, instead affecting all subsequent text of the
- current \TeX\ group, so use braces to provide and limit context.
- Also note that unlike \pkg{article}, these macros are \emph{all}
- available, regardless of point size option.
-
- \DescribeMacro\tiny
- Typesets {\tiny tiny} text.
- \DescribeMacro\scriptsize
- Typesets {\scriptsize script-size} text.
- \DescribeMacro\footnotesize
- Typesets {\footnotesize footnote-sized} text.
- \DescribeMacro\small
- Typesets {\small small} text.
- \DescribeMacro\normalsize
- Typesets normal text.
- \DescribeMacro\large
- Typesets {\large large} text.
- \DescribeMacro\Large
- Typesets {\Large slightly larger} text.
- \DescribeMacro\LARGE
- Typesets {\LARGE even larger} text.
- \DescribeMacro\huge
- Typesets {\huge huge} text.
- \DescribeMacro\Huge
- Typesets {\Huge really huge} text.
-
- \subsection{Color themes}\label{ssec:color}
- \DescribeMacro\colortheme{<theme>}
- If the package is loaded with the \opt{color} option, changing the color theme is
- possible using \cs{colortheme}, which loads an
- appropriate package. At the moment, four color themes are available.
-
- \Theme{default}
- The \thm{default} theme is fairly conservative, only coloring
- \pkg{hyperef} links with more readable, slightly darker colors than
- the standard ones. It should print well even on non-color printers.
-
- \Theme{unscathed}
- The \thm{unscathed} theme is based on a palette with the same
- name on COLOURlovers%
-\footnote{\url{http://www.colourlovers.com/palette/1440498/unscathed}},
- and applies a \textcolor[HTML]{463335}{dark brown} color to
- emphasized text, a \textcolor[HTML]{CF5D3B}{rusty} color to links,
- a \textcolor[HTML]{B34430}{darker rust} color to titles and a
- \textcolor[HTML]{70524A}{lighter brown} to quotes.
-
- \Theme{cruelwater}
- The \thm{cruelwater} theme is also based on a palette from
- COLOURlovers%
-\footnote{\url{http://www.colourlovers.com/palette/126030/Cruel_Water_at_Night}},
- and applies a \textcolor[HTML]{030C22}{dark blue} color to bold
- text and captions, a \textcolor[HTML]{20293F}{slightly less dark
- blue} to titles and emphasized text, a \textcolor[HTML]{A9B0B3}{
- light gray} color to small print and a \textcolor[HTML]{404749}{
- darker gray} to quotes.
-
- \Theme{violet}
- The \thm{violet} theme, like \thm{unscathed} and \thm{cruelwater},
- is based on a COLOURlovers palette%
-\footnote{\url{http://www.colourlovers.com/palette/1831303/Violet_White_Bedrm}}.
- It colors all links \textcolor[HTML]{932444}{bright purple}, applies
- a \textcolor[HTML]{311A2A}{dark puple} color to titles, bold text
- and captions, a \textcolor[HTML]{D6CBCF}{grayish purple} to small
- print, a \textcolor[HTML]{463335}{dark brown} color to quotes and a
- \textcolor[HTML]{98758D}{pastel violet} color to emphasized text.
-
- \Theme{skdoc}
- The \thm{skdoc} theme is loosely based on the \pkg{skdoc} document class, with which this documentation is typeset.
-
-% \subsection{Additional information}
-% The document class includes a number of packages by default. This
-% is useful to know, since passing explicit options to these packages
-% will require you to utilize the \cs{PassOptionsToPackage} macro
-% before you load the class using \cs{documentclass}.
-% Table~\ref{tab:pkgs} lists the packages included by \thepkg\ along
-% with their options (if applicable).
-%
-% \begin{table}[tbp]
-% \centering
-% \caption{User-level packages included by \thepkg.}
-% \label{tab:pkgs}
-% \begin{tabular}{llp{15em}}
-% \toprule
-% \textbf{Package} & \textbf{Options} & \textbf{Comments} \\
-% \midrule
-% \pkg{amsmath} & \texttt{intlimits} & Provides \hologo{AmS} commands and environments. \\
-% \pkg{amssymb} & & Only if not using \opt{kpfonts}.\\
-% \pkg{babel} & see options \opt{swe} and \opt{eng} & Only loaded if \emph{not} using \hologo{XeTeX}.\\
-% \pkg{calc} & & \\
-% \pkg{fontenc} & \texttt{T1} & Only loaded if \emph{not} using \hologo{XeTeX}. Makes sure we are using a good font encoding for crisp appearance on-screen (OT1 is horrible). \\
-% \pkg{fontspec} & \texttt{quiet} & Only loaded if using \hologo{XeTeX}. Provides basic OTF font selection commands.\\
-% \pkg{geometry} & \texttt{a4paper} or \texttt{a5paper} & This is used by the \opt{paper} option to set the paper area. \\
-% \pkg{icomma} & & \\
-% \pkg{inconsolata} & & \\
-% \pkg{microtype} & & Provides micro-typographic improvements.\\
-% \pkg{multicol} & & Only loaded with the \opt{twocolumn} option. \\
-% \pkg{polyglossia} & see options \opt{swe} and \opt{eng} & Only loaded if using \hologo{XeTeX}.\\
-% \pkg{skmath} & & Only if it exists and \opt{nomath} isn't set.\\
-% \pkg{textcomp} & & Only if not using \opt{kpfonts}.\\
-% \pkg{xcolor} & & Only loaded with the \opt{color} option.\\
-% \bottomrule
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{table}
-
- \section{Known issues}\label{sec:issues}
- A list of current issues is available in the Github repository of this
- package\footnote{\url{https://github.com/urdh/skrapport/issues}}, but as
- of the release of \theversion, there is one known issue:
- \begin{description}
- % \item[\#6] ???
- \item[--] If a \cs{subsubsection} is the last item of the Table
- of Contents, it will not be indented properly.
- \end{description}
-
- If you discover any bugs in this package, please report them to the issue
- tracker in the \thepackage\ Github repository.
-
- \Implementation\ExplHack
- \section{Implementation}
- Start by including \pkg{expl3}, \pkg{l3keys2e} and some other
- useful packages, as well as declaring the class.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RequirePackage{expl3,l3keys2e,xparse,xstring,etoolbox}
-\ProvidesExplClass{skrapport}%
- {2018/12/29}{0.12i}{stylish report document class}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsection{Messages}
- Tons of messages are declared for future use.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}{Option~`#1'~deprecated!}
- {Please~use~`#2'~instead.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{Option~`#1'~deprecated!}
- {It~has~no~effect;~simply~use~nothing~instead.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-paper-size}{Invalid~paper~size~`#1'!}
- {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_paper:n~was~invoked~with~an~
- invalid~argument;~paper~size~will~remain~unchanged.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-point-size}{Invalid~point~size~`#1'!}
- {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n~was~invoked~with~an~
- invalid~argument;~cannot~continue~without~setting~a~valid~point~
- size.~Please~fix~the~issue~before~typesetting~again.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-titles}{Invalid~title~type~`#1'!}
- {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_titles:n~was~invoked~with~an~
- invalid~argument;~falling~back~to~`#2'.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-lang}{Invalid~language~`#1'!}
- {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_lang:n~was~invoked~with~an~
- invalid~argument;~`babel'~and/or~`polyglossia'~will~remain~
- unloaded.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-font}{Invalid~font~`#1'!}
- {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_font:n~was~invoked~with~an~
- invalid~argument;~no~font~package~has~been~loaded.~This~may~result~
- in~bad~rendering~due~to~old~Computer~Modern~fonts.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{No-op~invokation~of~macro!}
- {\token_to_str:N#1~was~invoked,~but~circumstances~dictate~that~the~
- macro~should~do~nothing.~Will~do~\token_to_str:N\prg_do_nothing:~
- instead.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{Deprecated~macro~\token_to_str:N#1!}
- {The~old~font~macro~\token_to_str:N#1~is~deprecated!~Use~
- \token_to_str:N#2~instead.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{Could~not~patch~macro~\token_to_str:N#1!}
- {The~macro~\token_to_str:N#1~could~not~be~patched!~Color~theme~
- support~may~be~incomplete.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{license-not-printed}{Detected~\token_to_str:N\license\ but~no~`titlepage'!}
- {The~text~provided~by~\token_to_str:N\license\ is~only~printed~when~
- the~`titlepage'~environment~is~used,~but~it~seems~to~be~missing.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{font-requires-xetex}{The~`font=#1'~option~requires~XeTeX~or~luaTeX!}
- {Please~choose~another~font~setup~or~compile~the~document~with~
- either~xelatex~or~lualatex.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{tocdepth-too-deep}{TOC~depth~is~too~deep!}
- {The~current~tocdepth,~#1,~is~not~supported.~Please~redefine~the~
- \token_to_str:N#2~macro~to~enable~support.}
-\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{caption-in-figcenter}{Cannot~use~\token_to_str:N\caption\ here!}
- {The~\token_to_str:N\caption\ macro~can't~be~used~inside~figcenter~environments!~Please~move~the~caption~to~the~enclosing~float~environment.}
-\end{MacroCode}
- This message should probably not be used at all. Except in
- development versions straight off Github, of course.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\msg_new:nnn{skrapport}{not-implemented}
- {Unimplemented~macro~\token_to_str:N#1!}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsection{Options}
- First, a few booleans used by parts of the option handling code.
- \begin{macro}{\g__skrapport_draft_bool}
- Are we in \opt{draft} mode?
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_draft_bool
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\g__skrapport_color_bool}
- Are we supposed to be using \opt{color}s?
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_color_bool
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool}
- Has \pkg{polyglossia} been loaded?
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \subsubsection{Option setup macros}
- In this section, all options declared in the previous section are
- implemented using setup macros. Some of these may have to be called
- in an appropriate order, but I haven't checked that yet.
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_paper:n}[1]
- {Paper size (\texttt{a4} or \texttt{a5})}
- \changes{0.12}{Use \pkg{typearea} to set paper size}
- Note the extra integer, which is set up for use with \pkg{grid}.
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\int_new:N\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_paper:n#1{
- \str_case:nnF{#1}{
-\end{MacroCode}
- The two options simply consist of passing the appropriate option
- to the \pkg{typearea} package. Note that the use of \pkg{typearea}
- mean that we theoretically could accept more paper size options.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {a4}{
- \PassOptionsToPackage{paper=A4}{typearea}
- \int_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int{40}
- }
- {a5}{
- \PassOptionsToPackage{paper=A5}{typearea}
- \int_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int{28}
- }
- }{
-\end{MacroCode}
- Invalid paper sizes (such calls should never happen) are
- handled by issuing a warning and hoping that the default
- paper size is acceptable.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-paper-size}{#1}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- The \pkg{typearea} package is loaded with the options specified
- earlier through \cs{PassOptionsToPackage}, and some additional ones.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage[DIV=calc]{typearea}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- In case the point size changes later, or two column mode is
- activated, we recalculate the typearea just before the typesetting
- begins.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \AtBeginDocument{\recalctypearea}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n}[1]
- {Point size (\texttt{10pt}, \texttt{11pt} or \texttt{12pt})}
- The standard point sizes are defined much like in the \pkg{article}
- class, \emph{i.e.} by saving a number and loading \file{size10.clo},
- \file{size11.clo} or \file{size12.clo} as appropriate
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n#1{
- \str_case:nnF{#1}{
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_ptsize_token}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {10pt}{\int_const:Nn\c__skrapport_ptsize_int{0}}
- {11pt}{\int_const:Nn\c__skrapport_ptsize_int{1}}
- {12pt}{\int_const:Nn\c__skrapport_ptsize_int{2}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- }{
-\end{MacroCode}
- Invalid point sizes are critical errors, since we can't recover
- from them in any reasonable way. Loading a default point size is
- unreasonable, since all in-class calls to this macro should know
- what sizes are available, and if you're calling it with invalid
- parameters from elsewhere, you should be punished.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \msg_critical:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-point-size}{#1}
- }
- \file_input:n{skrapport-size#1.clo}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_twocolumn:}
- \changes{0.12c}{Major changes to the sectioning commands, to
- override what \pkg{grid} is doing}
- Setting up for twocolumn mode is slightly compliacted. Note that this
- macro should be called from \cs{AtEndOfClass} to ensure that we patch
- everything correctly. Note also that \pkg{multicol} is always loaded
- as it is used for the \env{theindex} environment.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_twocolumn:{
- \RequirePackage{etoolbox}
- \AtBeginDocument{
- \KOMAoptions{twocolumn=false,DIV=12}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- We include the \pkg{grid} package in two-column mode, because
- it looks way better that way.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \int_set:Nn\l_tmpa_int{10+\c__skrapport_ptsize_int}
- \int_set:Nn\l_tmpb_int{12*\l_tmpa_int/10}
- \RequirePackage[fontsize=\l_tmpa_int pt,
- baseline=\l_tmpb_int pt,
- lines=\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int]{grid}
-\end{MacroCode}
- Now, we patch commands. First up is \env{abstract}. Save the old
- one in case we need it (we do).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_set_eq:Nc\__skrapport_onecol_abstract:{environment~abstract~code}
- \cs_set_eq:Nc\__skrapport_end_onecol_abstract:{environment~abstract~end~aux~}
- \pretocmd{\__skrapport_onecol_abstract:}{\null}{}{}
- \RenewDocumentEnvironment{abstract}{}{\section*{\abstractname}}{}
-\end{MacroCode}
- Then \env{document} (kind of, at least) and \cs{maketitle}. Again,
- save the old \cs{maketitle}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \AfterEndPreamble{\begin{multicols}{2}}
- \AtEndDocument{\end{multicols}}
- \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_onecol_maketitle:\maketitle
- \pretocmd{\maketitle}{\begin{onecol}}{}{}
- \apptocmd{\maketitle}{\end{onecol}}{}{}
-\end{MacroCode}
- Next up is \env{titlepage}. This is where we need the saved
- \env{abstract} and \cs{maketitle}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{titlepage}{
- \begin{onecol}
- \cs_set_eq:cN{environment~abstract~code}\__skrapport_onecol_abstract:
- \cs_set_eq:cN{environment~abstract~end~aux~}\__skrapport_end_onecol_abstract:
- \cs_set_eq:NN\maketitle\__skrapport_onecol_maketitle:
- }
- \AfterEndEnvironment{titlepage}{\end{onecol}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- Always typeset \env{equation} and friends outside the grid:
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{equation}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{equation}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{equation*}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{equation*}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{multline}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{multline}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{multline*}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{multline*}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{gather}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{gather}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{gather*}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{gather*}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{align}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{align}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{align*}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{align*}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{flalign}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{flalign}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{flalign*}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{flalign*}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{alignat}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{alignat}{\end{gridenv}}
- \BeforeBeginEnvironment{alignat*}{\begin{gridenv}}
- \AfterEndEnvironment{alignat*}{\end{gridenv}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- Since \pkg{grid} override the usual sectioning macros, we have to
- provide fixed and improved variants that conform to our style
- and out public API. This is only necessary for
- the \enquote{major} sectioning macros, not \cs*{paragraph} and
- \cs*{subparagraph}.
- \begin{macro*}{\section}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_section_pre_skip{-.999\baselineskip}
- \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_section_post_skip{0.001\baselineskip}
- \dim_gset:Nn \c__skrapport_section_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
- \cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_section_style:
- {\normalfont\__skrapport_title_style:}
- \DeclareDocumentCommand\section{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{section}{1}{##1}{##2}{##3}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\subsection}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_pre_skip{\baselineskip}
- \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_post_skip{-.35\baselineskip}
- \dim_gset:Nn \c__skrapport_subsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
- \cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsection_style:
- {\normalfont\__skrapport_title_style:\unskip}
- \DeclareDocumentCommand\subsection{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsection}{2}{##1}{##2}{##3}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\subsubsection}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_pre_skip{\baselineskip}
- \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_post_skip{-.35\baselineskip}
- \dim_gset:Nn \c__skrapport_subsubsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
- \cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsubsection_style:
- {\normalfont\itshape\__skrapport_title_style:\unskip}
- \DeclareDocumentCommand\subsubsection{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsubsection}{3}{##1}{##2}{##3}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- We also redefine \cs{l at section} to make the TOC blend in a bit.
- \begin{macro*}{\l at section}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \DeclareDocumentCommand\l at section{mm}{
- \group_begin:
- \skip_vertical:n{.75ex}
- \__skrapport_title_style:
- \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn{1}{0em}{1.3em}{##1}{
- \__skrapport_title_style: ##2
- }
- \group_end:
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- The \env{figure} environment is patched\ldots
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_xdblfloat:nn##1##2{\@xdblfloat{##1}[##2]}
- \cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_xdblfloat:nn{nx}
- \RenewDocumentEnvironment{figure}{o}{
- \begin{gridenv}
- \vspace{\intextsep}
- \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \cs_set:Npn\@captype{figure}
- \centering
- }{
- \end{minipage}
- \vspace{\intextsep}
- \end{gridenv}
- }
- \RenewDocumentEnvironment{figure*}{o}{
- \__skrapport_xdblfloat:nx{figure}
- {\IfNoValueTF{##1}{tp}{##1}}
- \dim_set_eq:NN\hsize\textwidth
- \dim_set_eq:NN\linewidth\textwidth
- \centering
- }{
- \end at dblfloat
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \ldots as is \env{table}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \RenewDocumentEnvironment{table}{o}{%
- \begin{gridenv}
- \vspace{\intextsep}
- \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \cs_set:Npn\@captype{table}
- \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_old_caption:\caption
- \RenewDocumentCommand{\caption}{om}{%
- \skip_set_eq:NN\l_tmpa_skip\abovecaptionskip
- \skip_set_eq:NN\abovecaptionskip\belowcaptionskip
- \skip_set_eq:NN\belowcaptionskip\l_tmpa_skip
- \vspace{\abovecaptionskip}
- \__skrapport_old_caption:[####1]{####2}
- \vspace{\belowcaptionskip}
- }
- \centering
- }{
- \end{minipage}
- \vspace{\intextsep}
- \end{gridenv}
- }
- \RenewDocumentEnvironment{table*}{o}{
- \__skrapport_xdblfloat:nx{table}
- {\IfNoValueTF{##1}{tp}{##1}}
- \dim_set_eq:NN\hsize\textwidth
- \dim_set_eq:NN\linewidth\textwidth
- \centering
- }{
- \end at dblfloat
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{environment}{onecol}
- \changes{0.10}{Fixed, now not completely broken}
- \changes{0.12b}{Reverted to \cs{newenvironment}, because \pkg{xparse} breaks the trickery}
- Finally, we define an environment \env{onecol} that typesets
- arbitrary material in a single column. This is a bit tricky to
- do, and probably cargo-cult as well. We define the start of the
- environment to immediately end itself (with the empty ending),
- then end the \env{multiols} environment, redefine our end macro
- to start \env{multicols} as well as redefining the start of
- \env{onecol} to simply reset itself, then start the environment
- again only to have it ended at once.
-
- Basically, we trick \LaTeX\ into thinking that we have an empty
- \env{onecol} environment at the end of the first \env{multicols},
- then some content inside a fake \env{onecol}, then an empty
- \env{onecol} at the start of the next \env{multicols}. Voilá, no
- wierd group errors!
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \newenvironment{onecol}{
- \end{onecol}
- \end{multicols}
- \group_begin:
- \cs_set:Npn\endonecol{
- \group_end:
- \begin{multicols}{2}
- \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_old_onecol:\onecol
- \cs_set:Npn\onecol{
- \cs_set_eq:NN\onecol\__skrapport_old_onecol:
- }
- \begin{onecol}
- }
- \cs_set:Npn\onecol{}
- \begin{onecol}
- }{}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_leqno:}
- Instead of loading \file{leqno.clo}, we reimplement the (tiny) file
- as LaTeX3 code and include it directly. It's not terribly advanced.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_leqno:{
- \RenewDocumentCommand\@eqnnum{}{
- \hbox_to_wd:nn{.01pt}{}
- \hbox_overlap_right:n{
- \normalfont\normalcolor
- \skip_horizontal:n{-\displaywidth}
- (\theequation)
- }
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_fleqn:}
- The \file{fleqn.clo} functionality is more complex, so we include
- the file instead of reimplementing.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_fleqn:{
- \file_input:n{fleqn.clo}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_titles:n}[1]
- {Title style (\texttt{rm}, \texttt{it},
- \texttt{bf} or \texttt{sf})}
- The title styles are implemented by creating a new macro
- \cs{__skrapport_title_style:} which will later be used by
- \cs{section} and friends.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_titles:n#1{
- \str_case:nnF{#1}{
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_title_style:}
- \changes{0.11a}{Removed incorrect \cs{bfseries}, replaced
- \cs{relax} with \cs{rmfamily}}
- \changes{0.12d}{Added \texttt{it} option}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {rm}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\rmfamily}}
- {it}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\itshape}}
- {bf}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\bfseries}}
- {sf}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\sffamily}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- The fall-back for incorrect parameters is an informational message
- along with setting up for \cs{rmfamily} titles.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- }{
- \msg_info:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-titles}{#1}{rm}
- \__skrapport_setup_titles:n{rm}
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_lang:n}[1]
- {Language (\texttt{sv}, \texttt{en} or \texttt{de})}
- \changes{0.12d}{Use \pkg{babel} mechanisms for language-dependent
- strings, so they work correctly in \env{otherlanguage}}
- Thus far only two language options are implemented, each of them
- setting the other as the \enquote{other} language. We check if
- \pkg{polyglossia} has been loaded (this is done by
- \cs{__skrapport_setup_xelatex:}): if it has, we use the
- \pkg{polyglossia} interface for setting languages, otherwise we
- load the \pkg{babel} package with appropriate options.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_lang:n#1{
- \str_case:nnF{#1}{
- {sv}{
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool{
- \setmainlanguage{swedish}
- \setotherlanguage[variant=british]{english}
- }{
- \RequirePackage[british,swedish]{babel}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_RFC_language:{swe}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{iso,swedish}{isodate}
- }
- {en}{
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool{
- \setmainlanguage[variant=british]{english}
- \setotherlanguage{swedish}
- }{
- \RequirePackage[swedish,british]{babel}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_RFC_language:{eng}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{iso,british}{isodate}
- }
- {de}{
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool{
- \setmainlanguage{ngerman}
- \setotherlanguage[variant=british]{english}
- }{
- \RequirePackage[british,ngerman]{babel}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_RFC_language:{ger}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{iso,ngerman}{isodate}
- }
- }{
-\end{MacroCode}
- Fallback prints an informational message and leaves both \pkg{babel}
- and \pkg{polyglossia} unloaded.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \msg_info:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-lang}{#1}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- After loading \pkg{babel} or \pkg{polyglossia}, we provide
- translation strings. This is done using the \cs*{addto} and
- \cs*{captions<lang>}, which is compatible with both packages.
- \begin{macro*}{\captionsswedish}
- \changes{0.12e}{Don't redefine standard language strings}
- \begin{macro*}{\dateswedish}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \addto\captionsswedish{
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_and_word:{och}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Email_word:{E-post}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Comment_word:{Kommentar}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_eg_word:{t.ex.}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_ie_word:{dvs.}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_etc_word:{\emph{etc.}}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_cf_word:{jfr.}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_viz_word:{dvs.}
- }
- \cs_gset:Npn\dateswedish{
- \cs_gset:Npn\today
- {\int_use:N\year--\int_use:N\month--\int_use:N\day}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\captionsbritish}
- \changes{0.12e}{Don't redefine standard language strings}
- \begin{macro*}{\datebritish}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \addto\captionsbritish{
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_and_word:{and}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Email_word:{Email}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Comment_word:{Comment}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_eg_word:{\emph{e.g.}}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_ie_word:{\emph{i.e.}}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_etc_word:{\emph{etc.}}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_cf_word:{\emph{cf.}}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_viz_word:{\emph{viz.}}
- }
- \cs_gset:Npn\datebritish{
- \cs_gset:Npn\today
- {\int_use:N\year--\int_use:N\month--\int_use:N\day}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\captionsngerman}
- \changes{0.12e}{Don't redefine standard language strings}
- \begin{macro*}{\datengerman}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \addto\captionsngerman{
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_and_word:{und}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Email_word:{E-Mail}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Comment_word:{Kommentar}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_eg_word:{z.~B.}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_ie_word:{d.~h.}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_etc_word:{usw.}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_cf_word:{vgl.}
- \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_viz_word:{\emph{viz.}}
- }
- \cs_gset:Npn\datengerman{
- \cs_gset:Npn\today
- {\int_use:N\day.\,\int_use:N\month.\,\int_use:N\year}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_font:n}[1]
- {Font (\texttt{none}, \texttt{kpfonts}, \texttt{lmodern},
- \texttt{palatino}, \texttt{minion} or \texttt{skdoc})}
- \changes{0.12a}{Drop the post-\pkg{amsmath} hook entirely.
- Load \pkg{fontspec} in \texttt{word} and
- \texttt{none}}
- We set up the somewhat involved font stack.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_font:n#1{
- \PassOptionsToPackage{intlimits}{amsmath}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{full}{textcomp}
- \str_case:nnF{#1}{
-\end{MacroCode}
- The \texttt{none} font stack is special. If we're using
- \hologo{XeTeX} or \hologo{LuaTeX}, we load the \pkg{fontspec}
- package. Otherwise, we do nothing.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {none}{
- \bool_if:nT{\sys_if_engine_luatex_p: || \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:}{
- \RequirePackage[quiet]{fontspec}
- }
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- The \texttt{kpfonts} font stack simply loads \pkg{kpfonts}...
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {kpfonts}{
- \RequirePackage[easyscsl,intlimits,sumlimits]{kpfonts}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- ...and the \texttt{lmodern} font stack loads \pkg{lmodern}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {lmodern}{
- \RequirePackage{lmodern}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- The \texttt{palatino} font stack loads \pkg{tgpagella} if available,
- but falls back to \pkg{mathpazo} otherwise.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {palatino}{
- \file_if_exist:nTF{tgpagella.sty}{
- \RequirePackage{arev}
- \RequirePackage{pxfonts}
- \RequirePackage{tgpagella}
- }{
- \RequirePackage[osf]{mathpazo}
- }
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- Minion Pro, provided by the \texttt{minion} font stack, loads both
- \pkg{minionpro} (the font) and \pkg{MnSymbol} (appropriate math
- symbols).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {minion}{
- \AtEndOfClass{
- \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_old_vec:\vec
- \cs_undefine:N\vec
- \RequirePackage{MyriadPro}
- \RequirePackage{MinionPro}
- \RequirePackage{MnSymbol}
- \cs_set_eq:NN\vec\__skrapport_old_vec:
- }
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- Finally, the \texttt{skdoc} font stack loads \pkg{PTSerif} and
- \pkg{opensans}, inspired by the style of the \pkg{skdoc} class.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {skdoc}{
- \RequirePackage{PTSerif}
- \RequirePackage[defaultsans,osfigures,scale=0.95]{opensans}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- The \texttt{word} font stack mimics recent versions of Microsoft
- Word, using Cambria, Consolas and Calibri. This requires a modern
- engine that supports \pkg{fontspec}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- {word}{
- \bool_if:nF{\sys_if_engine_luatex_p: || \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:}{
- \msg_fatal:nnn{skrapport}{font-requires-xetex}{word}
- }
- \RequirePackage[quiet]{fontspec}
- \setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX]{Cambria}
- \setsansfont[Ligatures=TeX]{Calibri}
- \setmonofont[Scale=0.95]{Consolas}
- \apptocmd{\__skrapport_after_ams_hook:}{
- \setmathfont{Cambria Math}
- }{}{}
- }
- }{
-\end{MacroCode}
- As a fallback, we print a waning and load no font packages.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-font}{#1}
- }
- \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{none}{
-\end{MacroCode}
- All font stacks except \texttt{none} and \texttt{kpfonts} require
- additional packages. Or, rather, \texttt{none} can't load these
- packages by definition, and \texttt{kpfonts} already loads them
- internally \footcite[p.~1]{kpfonts}. They are always useful.
-
- We also load \pkg{sourcecodepro} as our monospace font.
- But we don't load it when using the \texttt{none} font stack.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{kpfonts}{
- \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{word}{
- \RequirePackage{sourcecodepro}
- }
- \AtEndOfClass{
- \RequirePackage{amsmath}
-\end{MacroCode}
- The \pkg{mnsymbol} package is incompatible with \pkg{amssymb}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{minion}{
- \RequirePackage{amssymb}
- }
- \RequirePackage{textcomp}
- }
- }
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_parskip:}
- \changes{0.12a}{Fixed bug where font size reset the \cs{parindent}}
- This part mixes \LaTeXe\ and \LaTeX3, which may not be a good thing.
- On the other hand, it seems hard to avoid. Most of the code is
- half-lifted from \pkg{parskip} and converted to \LaTeX3.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_parskip:{
- \AtEndOfClass{
- \skip_gset:Nn\parskip{0.5\baselineskip~plus~2pt}
- \dim_gzero:N\parindent
- \skip_gset:Nn\parfillskip{30pt~plus~1fil}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\@listI}
- \begin{macro*}{\@listi}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_gset:Npn\@listI{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \dim_set_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
- \dim_zero:N\topsep
- \dim_zero:N\itemsep
- }
- \cs_gset_eq:NN\@listi\@listI
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \dim_gset_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
- \dim_gzero:N\topsep
- \dim_gzero:N\itemsep
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\@listii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_gset:Npn\@listii{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \dim_set_eq:NN\labelwidth\leftmarginii
- \dim_set_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
- \dim_sub:Nn\labelwidth{-\labelsep}
- \dim_zero:N\topsep
- \dim_zero:N\itemsep
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\@listiii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \cs_gset:Npn\@listiii{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \dim_set_eq:NN\labelwidth\leftmarginiii
- \dim_set_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
- \dim_sub:Nn\labelwidth{-\labelsep}
- \dim_zero:N\topsep
- \dim_zero:N\itemsep
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \dim_gzero:N\partopsep
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\@starttoc}[1]
- {Table of contents extension}
- \changes{0.12h}{Replaced use of deprecated \cs{c_job_name_tl}
- with \cs{c_sys_jobname_str}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \RenewDocumentCommand\@starttoc{m}{
- \group_begin:
- \dim_zero:N\parskip
- \file_if_exist:nT{\c_sys_jobname_str.##1}{
- \file_input:n{\c_sys_jobname_str.##1}
- }
- \if at filesw
- \iow_new:c{tf@##1}
- \iow_open:cn{tf@##1}{\c_sys_jobname_str.##1}
- \fi
- \@nobreakfalse
- \group_end:
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_math:}
- This is the simplest option, only loading \pkg{skmath} if it exists.
- Also the post-skmath hook is run.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_math:{
- \file_if_exist:nT{skmath.sty}{\RequirePackage{skmath}}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_draft:}
- Setting up the \opt{draft} mode is also fairly easy, as we only need
- wider (wider than \SI{0}{\point}, that is) \cs{overfullrule}s.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_draft:{
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_draft_bool{
- \dim_gset:Nn\overfullrule{5pt}
- }{
- \msg_log:nnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{\__skrapport_setup_draft:}
- \prg_do_nothing:
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_color:}
- Setting up colors is also fairly easy, as we only have to load the
- \pkg{xcolor} package. All the other color-related code is in other
- places, utilizing the \cs{g__skdoc_color_bool} boolean.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_color:{
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_color_bool{
- \RequirePackage{xcolor}
- \PassOptionsToPackage{
- labelfont+={bf,color=skrapport at captioncolor}
- }{caption}
- }{
- \msg_log:nnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{\__skrapport_setup_color:}
- \prg_do_nothing:
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_color:n}
- We may also set up a specific color theme using options. This is
- easily done by first calling \cs{__skrapport_setup_color:}, then
- calling \cs{colortheme} at \cs{BeginDocument}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_color:n#1{
- \__skrapport_setup_color:
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_color_bool{
- \AtBeginDocument{\colortheme{#1}}
- }{
- \msg_log:nnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{\__skrapport_setup_color:n}
- \prg_do_nothing:
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_xelatex:}
- \changes{0.12a}{Don't load \pkg{polyglossia} for \hologo{LuaTeX}.
- Don't load \pkg{fontspec} for any engine}
- \changes{0.12d}{Force \texttt{quiet} option for \pkg{fontspec}}
- This macro contains special setup code for the \hologo{XeTeX} and
- \hologo{LuaTeX} engines, such as providing
- missing commands (which have been replaced by equivalent Unicode
- characters, apparently) and loading \pkg{polyglossia}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_xelatex:{
- \AtEndOfClass{
- \cs_undefine:N\dblcolon
- \cs_undefine:N\coloneqq
- \cs_undefine:N\Coloneqq
- \cs_undefine:N\eqqcolon
- \RequirePackage{unicode-math}
- \unimathsetup {
- math-style = ISO,
- bold-style = ISO,
- sans-style = italic,
- nabla = upright,
- partial = italic,
- vargreek-shape = unicode
- }
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\nobreakspace}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \DeclareDocumentCommand\nobreakspace{}{\leavevmode\nobreak\space}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- Since apparently \hologo{LuaLaTeX} isn't supported by
- \pkg{polyglossia}, we fall back to \pkg{babel} in that engine.
- Thus, only load \pkg{polyglossia} for \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \sys_if_engine_xetex:TF{
- \PassOptionsToPackage{quiet}{fontspec}
- \RequirePackage{polyglossia}
- \bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
- }{
- \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_pdftex:}
- \changes{0.12d}{Load \pkg{isomath}}
- This macro contains special setup code for the \hologo{pdfTeX}
- engine. Currently, it only sets the font encoding to T1.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_pdftex:{
- \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
- \AtEndOfClass{
- \RequirePackage{isomath}
- }
- \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_engine_specific:}
- This macro detects the current engine and calls the appropriate
- engine setup macro.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_engine_specific:{
- \bool_if:nTF{\sys_if_engine_luatex_p: || \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:}{
- \__skrapport_setup_xelatex:
- }{
- \__skrapport_setup_pdftex:
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \paragraph{Variants with expandable arguments}
- Some option setup macros accept arguments, but those arguments are
- not expanded. Here, we provide variants which expand the parameters
- properly using the excellent \pkg{l3prg} functionality.
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:x}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n{ x }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_titles:x}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_titles:n{ x }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_lang:x}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_lang:n{ x }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_font:x}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_font:n{ x }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \subsubsection{Key-value system}
- Let's define some \pkg{l3keys} corresponding to the options. Note
- that most of them just refer to a macro in their \texttt{.code:n}
- block --- these macros were defined earlier.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\keys_define:nn{skrapport}{
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{option}{paper}{a4paper, a5paper, a4, a5}
- \changes{0.12}{Values \texttt{a4paper} and \texttt{a5paper} are
- now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{a4paper}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{a5paper}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- Declare the paper size options. Note that having to handle the
- deprecated \texttt{a4paper} and \texttt{a5paper} values of the
- \opt{paper} option makes the code less readable. In a few
- versions, when these options are removed, the code should probably
- be refactored to look something like the \opt{ptsize} option below.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- paper .choice:,
- paper / a4 .code:n =
- {\__skrapport_setup_paper:n{a4}},
- paper / a5 .code:n =
- {\__skrapport_setup_paper:n{a5}},
- paper / a4paper .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {paper=a4paper}{paper=a4}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}},
- paper / a5paper .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {paper=a5paper}{paper=a5}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}},
- paper .value_required:n = true,
- a4paper .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {a4paper}{paper=a4}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}},
- a5paper .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {a5paper}{paper=a5}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a5}},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{ptsize}{10pt, 11pt, 12pt}
- \begin{option}{10pt}
- \begin{option}{11pt}
- \begin{option}{12pt}
- Declare point size options. Note that we don't deprecate the
- non-\opt{ptsize} aliases as they are much easier to type.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- ptsize .choices:nn =
- { 10pt, 11pt, 12pt }
- {\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
- ptsize .value_required:n = true,
- 10pt .meta:n = {ptsize=10pt},
- 11pt .meta:n = {ptsize=11pt},
- 12pt .meta:n = {ptsize=12pt},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{twocolumn}
- \changes{0.08}{Added option \opt{twocolumn}}
- \changes{0.12a}{Use \cs{AtEndOfClass} instead of \cs{AtEndClass}}
- Declare column options. The code here should be run through
- \cs{AtEndOfClass} so that the setup code can patch everythin
- properly.
- \begin{option}{onecolumn}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- The \opt{onecolumn} option has no effect and is deprecated.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- twocolumn .code:n =
- {\AtEndOfClass{\__skrapport_setup_twocolumn:}},
- onecolumn .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{onecolumn}},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{draft}{true, false}
- \begin{option}{final}
- Declare \opt{draft} and \opt{final} options. Note that even if the
- \opt{final} option does absolutely nothing, users may expect it to
- be there and as such it is not deprecated.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- draft .choice:,
- draft / true .code:n =
- {\bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_draft_bool
- \__skrapport_setup_draft:},
- draft / false .code:n =
- {\bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_draft_bool},
- draft .default:n = true,
- final .code:n = {\prg_do_nothing:},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- Declare the \opt{fleqn} and \opt{leqno} options, mainly for
- compatibility with the \pkg{article} class.
- \begin{option}{leqno}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- leqno .code:n =
- {\__skrapport_setup_leqno:},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \begin{option}{fleqn}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- fleqn .code:n =
- {\__skrapport_setup_fleqn:},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{titles}{rm, it, bf, sf}
- Declare options for section titles. The old \opt*{??titles} aliases
- are deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
- \begin{option}{rmtitles}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{bftitles}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{sftitles}
- \changes{0.09}{Added \opt{sftitles} option}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- titles .choices:nn =
- { rm, it, bf, sf }
- {\__skrapport_setup_titles:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
- titles .value_required:n = true,
- rmtitles .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {rmtitles}{titles=rm}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=rm}},
- bftitles .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {bftitles}{titles=bf}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=bf}},
- sftitles .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {sftitles}{titles=sf}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=sf}},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{hanging-titles}{true, false}
- \changes{0.12d}{Added option to enable \enquote{hanging} titles}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- hanging-titles .bool_gset:N = \g__skrapport_hanging_titles_bool,
- hanging-titles .default:n = true,
- hanging-titles .initial:n = false,
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{lang}{sv, en, de}
- \changes{0.12c}{Added option value \texttt{de}}
- \changes{0.12}{Incompatible change: values \texttt{swe} and
- \texttt{eng} are now \texttt{sv} and \texttt{en},
- respectively}
- \begin{option}{swe}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{eng}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- Declare options for swedish/english \pkg{babel} or
- \pkg{polyglossia} support. Again, the old \opt{swe} and \opt{eng}
- aliases are deprecated and will be removed.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- lang .choices:nn =
- { sv, en, de }
- {\__skrapport_setup_lang:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
- lang .value_required:n = true,
- swe .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {swe}{lang=sv}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{lang=sv}},
- eng .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {eng}{lang=en}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{lang=en}},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{font}{none, kpfonts, lmodern, palatino, minion, skdoc}
- Declare font options. Again, aliases are deprecated.
- \begin{option}{kpfonts}
- \changes{0.07}{Added option \opt{kpfonts}, set as default
- option for fonts}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{lmodern}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{palatino}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{minion}
- \changes{0.11}{Added option \opt{minion}}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{skdoc}
- \changes{0.11a}{Added option \opt{skdoc}}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- \begin{option}{nofont}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- font .choices:nn =
- { none, kpfonts, lmodern, palatino, minion, skdoc, word }
- {\__skrapport_setup_font:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
- font .value_required:n = true,
- nofont .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {nofont}{font=none}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=none}},
- kpfonts .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {kpfonts}{font=kpfonts}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=kpfonts}},
- lmodern .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {lmodern}{font=lmodern}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=lmodern}},
- palatino .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {palatino}{font=palatino}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=palatino}},
- minion .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {minion}{font=minion}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=minion}},
- skdoc .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
- {skdoc}{font=skdoc}
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=skdoc}},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{indent}{true, false}
- \changes{0.02}{Added option of indented paragraphs}
- \begin{option}{noindent}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- Declare indentation options. Since the \opt{noindent} option
- technically has no effect and is an alias of \opt{indent=false},
- it has been deprecated.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- indent .choice:,
- indent / true .code:n = {\prg_do_nothing:},
- indent / false .code:n = {\__skrapport_setup_parskip:},
- indent .default:n = true,
- noindent .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{noindent}},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{color}{true, false}
- \changes{0.09}{Added \opt{color} option}
- \changes{0.12}{Converted to a key-value option which will load
- the specified color theme.}
- \begin{option}{nocolor}
- Declare color options. Note that we explicitly set the boolean
- \cs{g__skrapport_color_bool} as well as setting up the colors
- through \cs{__skrapport_setup_color:n}, so that we can keep track
- of the color usage even after the options have been set up.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- color .code:n =
- {\str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{false}
- {\bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_color_bool}
- {\bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_color_bool
- \str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{true}
- {\__skrapport_setup_color:n{default}}
- {\__skrapport_setup_color:n{#1}}}},
- color .default:n = true,
- nocolor .meta:n = {color=false},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- \begin{option}{nomath}{true, false}
- \begin{option}{math}
- \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
- Declare math options. As with the \opt{noindent} option, \opt{math}
- has been deprecated since it is an alias and has no effect.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- nomath .choice:,
- nomath / false .code:n = {\__skrapport_setup_math:},
- nomath / true .code:n = {\prg_do_nothing:},
- nomath .default:n = true,
- math .code:n =
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{math}},
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{option}
- \end{option}
-
- That's it, we're done setting up the \pkg{l3keys} for the options.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- We will now define a \enquote{defaults} key-value system because
- \texttt{.initial:n} doesn't work they way we want it to. This
- key-value system will be used to set flags with which we will
- determine wether to set certain default options.
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_defaults:}
- \changes{0.12a}{\texttt{word} font stack is now the default font stack when using \hologo{XeLaTeX}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_defaults:{
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_indent_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_nomath_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_color_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_font_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_lang_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_titles_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_draft_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_ptsize_bool
- \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_paper_bool
- \keys_define:nn{skrapport-default}{
- indent .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_indent_bool},
- nomath .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_nomath_bool},
- color .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_color_bool},
- font .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_font_bool},
- lang .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_lang_bool},
- titles .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_titles_bool},
- draft .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_draft_bool},
- ptsize .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_ptsize_bool},
- paper .code:n =
- {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_paper_bool},
-\end{MacroCode}
- The following keys correspond to deprecated options. They should
- be removed when the corresponding options are removed.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- nofont .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
- kpfonts .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
- lmodern .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
- palatino .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
- minion .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
- skdoc .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
- swe .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{lang}},
- eng .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{lang}},
- rmtitles .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{titles}},
- bftitles .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{titles}},
- sftitles .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{titles}},
- 10pt .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{ptsize}},
- 11pt .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{ptsize}},
- 12pt .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{ptsize}},
- a4paper .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{paper}},
- a5paper .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{paper}},
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- }
- \ProcessKeysOptions{skrapport-default}
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_indent_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{indent=false}
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_nomath_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{nomath=false}
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_color_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{color=true}
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_font_bool{
- \sys_if_engine_xetex:TF{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=word}
- }{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=kpfonts}
- }
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_lang_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{lang=sv}
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_titles_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=bf}
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_draft_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{draft=false}
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_ptsize_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{ptsize=11pt}
- }
- \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_paper_bool{
- \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- Finally, we process the class options using the keys defined earlier.
- We also run the engine-specific code implemented above, and the fake
- key system used to define defaults.
-
- Note that we save and restore \cs{@classoptionslist} around the
- engine-specific setup. This is because we might load \pkg{xkeyval},
- which apparently removes all key-value options from the list when
- loaded (and this is really bad for us).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_tmpa_cs:\@classoptionslist
-\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
-\cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_tmpb_cs:\@classoptionslist
-\cs_set_eq:NN\@classoptionslist\__skrapport_tmpa_cs:
-\__skrapport_setup_engine_specific:
-\ProcessKeysOptions{skrapport}
-\__skrapport_setup_defaults:
-\cs_set_eq:NN\@classoptionslist\__skrapport_tmpb_cs:
-\cs_undefine:N\__skrapport_tmpa_cs:
-\cs_undefine:N\__skrapport_tmpb_cs:
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsection{Required packages}
- We also include some essential packages per default. The
- \pkg{calc} package, for instance, is essential in later
- definitions.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RequirePackage{calc,isodate,multicol}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- At the end of the class definition we load a very
- useful package that improves typesetting: \pkg{microtype}.
- Also set \cs{frenchspacing}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\AtEndOfClass{
- \RequirePackage{microtype}
- \frenchspacing
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- When the document starts, we set the URL style if the user has
- loaded the \pkg{url} package.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \cs_if_exist:NT\urlstyle{\urlstyle{same}}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsection{Utilities}
- We define useful \LaTeX3 replacements of \LaTeXe\ stuff that
- hasn't made its way into \pkg{interface3}. This includes
- a \cs{settowidth} clone and possibly more stuff later.
- \begin{macro}{\dim_set_to_wd:Nn}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\dim_set_to_wd:Nn#1#2{
- \hbox_set:Nn\l_tmpa_box{#2}
- \dim_set:Nn#1{\box_wd:N\l_tmpa_box}
- \box_clear:N\l_tmpa_box
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \subsection{Hidden things}
- Set some default measurements (should probably be replaced with
- simply loading \pkg{typearea}).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_add:Nn\textwidth{0.5\oddsidemargin}
-\dim_add:Nn\textwidth{0.5\evensidemargin}
-\dim_add:Nn\oddsidemargin{-0.5\oddsidemargin}
-\dim_add:Nn\evensidemargin{-0.5\evensidemargin}
-\dim_gset:Nn\lineskip{1pt}
-\dim_gset:Nn\normallineskip{1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\baselinestretch}
- Note that we can't use \cs{RenewDocumentCommand} as that yields an
- infinite loop before or at \env{document}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\baselinestretch{}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \subsubsection{Penalties}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\int_gset:Nn\@lowpenalty {51}
-\int_gset:Nn\@medpenalty {151}
-\int_gset:Nn\@highpenalty{301}
-\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
-\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
-\setcounter{totalnumber}{4}
-\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\topfraction}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RenewDocumentCommand\topfraction{}{.75}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\bottomfraction}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RenewDocumentCommand\bottomfraction{}{.5}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\textfraction}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RenewDocumentCommand\textfraction{}{.25}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\floatpagefraction}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RenewDocumentCommand\floatpagefraction{}{.625}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\dbltopfraction}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RenewDocumentCommand\dbltopfraction{}{.75}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\dblfloatpagefraction}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\RenewDocumentCommand\dblfloatpagefraction{}{.625}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \subsection{User-level commands and environments}
- \subsubsection{The front page}
- \begin{macro}{\title}[1]
- {Title of the document}
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_title_tl}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_title_tl
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\title{m}{
- \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_title_tl{#1}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\date}[1]
- {Date in ISO8601 format}
- The \cs{date} macro sets the current date of the document. It only
- accepts dates accepted by \pkg{isodate} (or the special value
- \enquote{\texttt{today}}). Dates are always printed using the
- current format as specified by the \pkg{isodate} package. The default
- value of the date (if \cs{date} isn't used) is \cs{today}.
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_title_tl}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_date_tl
-\tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\today}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\date{m}{
- \str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{today}{
- \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\today}
- }{
- \if_meaning:w \today #1
- \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\today}
- \else:
- \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\printdate{#1}}
- \fi:
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\author}[2]
- {Optional email address}
- {Author name}
- \changes{0.10b}{Improved \cs{author} macro}
- \changes{0.12}{Use comma-separated lists instead of token list}
- The \cs{author} macro is redefined to accept an optional argument
- and to be used multiple times.
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_email:n}[1]
- {Email address}
- \changes{0.12a}{Store \cs{textemdash} instead of \cs{NoValue}}
- The \cs{skrapport at email} helper macro typesets an email address
- using \pkg{hyperref} if that package is used. This is suboptimal,
- the macro behaves differently with respect to special characters
- depending on wether \pkg{hyperref} is loaded or not.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new_nopar:Npn\__skrapport_email:n#1{
- \texttt{#1}
-}
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \cs_if_exist:NT\href{
- \cs_gset_nopar:Npn\__skrapport_email:n#1{
- \href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}
- }
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_author_clist}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\clist_new:N\g__skrapport_author_clist
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_email_clist}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\clist_new:N\g__skrapport_email_clist
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\author{om}{%
- \clist_gput_right:Nn\g__skrapport_author_clist{#2}
- \clist_gput_right:Nn\g__skrapport_email_clist
- {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{\textemdash}{#1}}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_author_list:}
- \changes{0.12a}{Use \cs{clist_use:Nnnn}}
- This macro lists all the authors in the comma-separated list
- \cs{g__skrapport_author_clist}, separating them with a comma
- or the word \enquote{and} (in the appropriate language).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_author_list:{
- \clist_use:Nnnn\g__skrapport_author_clist
- {~\__skrapport_and_word:{}~}{,~}{~\__skrapport_and_word:{}~}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_email_list:}
- \changes{0.12a}{Use \cs{clist_use:Nnnn}}
- This macro lists the email addresses in the comma-separated list
- \cs{g__skrapport_email_clist} by applying \cs{__skrapport_email:}
- if appropriate (or printing an em-dash if no value exists) and
- separating them with commas.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_email_list:{
- \int_compare:nT{\clist_count:N\g__skrapport_author_clist>\c_zero}{
- \clist_use:Nnnn\g__skrapport_email_clist{\\}{\\}{\\}
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\regarding}[1]
- {Text snippet}
- This macro defines a variable used by \cs{maketitle} to insert a
- simple text into the header on the title page.
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_regarding_tl}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_regarding_tl
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\regarding{m}{
- \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_regarding_tl{#1}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\license}[1]
- {Short license description}
- \changes{0.07}{Added command \cs{license}}
- This macro defines a variable used by \cs{maketitle} to insert a
- license into the footer on the titlepage.
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
-\AtEndDocument{
- \bool_if:NT\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
- {\msg_warning:nn{skrapport}{license-not-printed}}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_copyright_tl}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_copyright_tl
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\license{m}{
- \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_copyright_tl{#1}
- \bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\maketitle}[1]
- {Optional key-value list}
- \changes{0.12a}{Added optional key-value argument and PDFinfo}
- The standard \cs{maketitle} command as taken from the \pkg{article}
- class but with some basic restyling.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\keys_define:nn{skrapport/maketitle}{
- hide .clist_set:N = \l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist,
- hide .value_required:n = true,
- nopdfinfo .bool_set_inverse:N = \l__skrapport_maketitle_pdfinfo_bool,
- nopdfinfo .default:n = true,
- nopdfinfo .initial:n = false
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_smallprint_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_smallprint_style:{}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_abstract_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_abstract_style:
- {\__skrapport_title_style:}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\maketitle{o}{
- \clist_clear:N\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist
- \IfNoValueF{#1}{\keys_set:nn{skrapport/maketitle}{#1}}
- \bool_if:NT\l__skrapport_maketitle_pdfinfo_bool{
- \exp_args:NNx\cs_if_exist_use:NT\hypersetup{{
- pdfinfo={
- Title={\tl_use:N\g__skrapport_title_tl},
- Subject={\tl_use:N\g__skrapport_regarding_tl},
- Author={
- \clist_use:Nnnn\g__skrapport_author_clist{,~}{,~}{,~}
- },
- Lang={\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
- }
- }}
- }
- \par
- \group_begin:
- \RenewDocumentCommand\thefootnote{}{
- \fnsymbol{footnote}
- }
- \RenewDocumentCommand\@makefnmark{}{
- \hbox_overlap_right:n{
- \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}
- }
- }
- \RenewDocumentCommand\@makefntext{+m}{
- \dim_set:Nn\parindent{1em}\noindent
- \hbox_to_wd:nn{1.8em}{
- \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}
- }
- ##1
- }
- \newpage
- \int_gzero:N\@topnum
- \__skrapport_maketitle:
- \thispagestyle{plain}
- \group_end:
- \setcounter{footnote}{0}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_maketitle:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_maketitle:{
- \newpage
- \hbox:n{}
- \begin{flushleft}
- \vspace{-\headsep}
- \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{regarding}{
- \small\__skrapport_smallprint_style:
- \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_regarding_tl
- \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{date}{
- \tl_if_empty:NF\g__skrapport_regarding_tl{,~}
- }
- }
- \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{date}{
- \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_date_tl
- }
- \clist_if_in:NnTF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{regarding}{
- \clist_if_in:NnTF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{date}
- {}{\par}
- }{\par}
- \vspace{1.5cm}
- {
- \Huge\__skrapport_title_style:
- \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_title_tl
- \par
- }
- \vspace{.125cm}
- {
- \Large\__skrapport_title_style:
- \__skrapport_author_list:
- }
- \vspace{.75cm}
- \end{flushleft}
- \par
- \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{email}{
- \dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N\l_tmpa_dim
- \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used
- \dim_set:Nn\l_tmpb_dim
- {\textwidth-\l_tmpa_dim-\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpa_dim}
- \begin{flushright}
- \leavevmode\__skrapport_abstract_style:
- \__skrapport_Email_word:
- \end{flushright}
- \end{minipage}
- \hspace{\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpb_dim}
- \__skrapport_email_list:
- \end{minipage}
- \par
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_abstract_used}
- This boolean keeps track of wether the \env{abstract} environment has
- been used, and is set accordingly in the main auxillary file.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used
-\AtEndDocument{
- \iow_shipout:Nx\@mainaux{ % !!!
- \exp_not:N\ExplSyntaxOn
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_abstract_used
- {\exp_not:n{\bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used}}
- {\exp_not:n{\bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used}}
- \exp_not:N\ExplSyntaxOff
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N}[1]
- {Dimension register}
- \changes{0.12a}{Set abstract style before word to fix incorrect width}
- This macro sets a dimension to either the width of the email word
- or the width of the abstract word depending on the state of
- \cs{g__skrapport_abstract_used}.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N#1{
- \dim_set_to_wd:Nn\l_tmpa_dim
- {\__skrapport_abstract_style:\abstractname}
- \dim_set_to_wd:Nn\l_tmpb_dim
- {\__skrapport_abstract_style:\__skrapport_Email_word:}
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_abstract_used
- {\dim_set:Nn#1{\dim_max:nn{\l_tmpa_dim}{\l_tmpb_dim}}}
- {\dim_set_eq:NN#1\l_tmpb_dim}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \begin{environment}{abstract}
- Standard restyled \env{abstract} environment from the
- \pkg{article} class.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_const:Nn\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim{1em}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{abstract}{}{
- \bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used
- \dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N\l_tmpa_dim
- \dim_set:Nn\l_tmpb_dim
- {\textwidth-\l_tmpa_dim-\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpa_dim}
- \begin{flushright}
- \leavevmode\__skrapport_abstract_style:
- \abstractname
- \end{flushright}
- \end{minipage}
- \hspace{\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpb_dim}
-}{
- \end{minipage}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
-
- \begin{environment}{titlepage}
- Titlepage environment.
- \begin{macro}{\ps at skrapport@titlepage}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\ps at skrapport@titlepage{
- \cs_set:Npn\@oddhead{}
- \cs_set:Npn\@evenhead{}
- \cs_set:Npn\@oddfoot{
- \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
- \raggedleft\small\par
- \__skrapport_smallprint_style:
- \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_copyright_tl
- \end{minipage}
- }
- \cs_set_eq:NN\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{titlepage}{}{
- \cleardoublepage\setcounter{page}{1}
-}{
- \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
- \thispagestyle{skrapport at titlepage}
- \cleardoublepage\setcounter{page}{1}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
-
- \subsubsection{Sectioning}
- Sectioning macros. This is kind of messy. We start with creaiting
- some counters using our homemade \LaTeX3 counter macros.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
-\newcounter{section}
-\newcounter{subsection}[section]
-\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
-\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection]
-\newcounter{subparagraph}[paragraph]
-\end{MacroCode}
- Next up, we have macros to display the section numberings.
- \begin{macro*}{\thesection}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_gset:Npn\thesection{
- \arabic{section}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\thesubsection}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_gset:Npn\thesubsection{
- \thesection.\arabic{subsection}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\thesubsubsection}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_gset:Npn\thesubsubsection{
- \thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\theparagraph}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_gset:Npn\theparagraph{
- \thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\thesubparagraph}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_gset:Npn\thesubparagraph{
- \theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \paragraph{Pre- and post-section spacing}
- Here comes the tricky part. We define two generic macros that add
- spacing before and after the section title, to condense the code
- a bit. Note that many of the following macros constitute a
- reimplementation of \cs{@startsection}, \cs{@ssect}, \cs{@sect} and
- friends.
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_pre_section:n}[1]
- {Skip before the section title}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_pre_section:n#1{
- \leavevmode\par
- \skip_set:Nn\l_tmpa_skip{#1}
- \@afterindenttrue % !!!
- \dim_compare:nT{\l_tmpa_skip<\c_zero_skip}{
- \skip_set:Nn\l_tmpa_skip{-\l_tmpa_skip}
- \@afterindentfalse % !!!
- }
- \if at nobreak \everypar{} \else
- \addpenalty\@secpenalty % !!!
- \skip_vertical:N\l_tmpa_skip
- \fi
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_post_section:n}[1]
- {Space after the section title}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_post_section:n#1{
- \skip_set:Nn\l_tmpa_skip{#1}
- \dim_compare:nTF{\l_tmpa_skip>\c_zero_skip}{
- \par\nobreak
- \skip_vertical:N\l_tmpa_skip
- \@afterheading % !!!
- }{
- \@nobreakfalse
- \global\@noskipsectrue
- \skip_horizontal:n{-\l_tmpa_skip}
- }
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \paragraph{Starred sections}
- These two macros (the first only being an alias for the second with
- its last argument empty) correspond to unnumbered sections. Or,
- rather, they do all the typesetting and none of the TOC/counter
- stuff. This means that starred sections only call this macro, while
- unstarred ones call other macros in addition to this macro.
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_section_star:nnn}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_section_star:nnnn}[4]
- {Indentation of section title}
- {Styling of the section title}
- {Actual section title}
- {Optional code to run in the indentation (\emph{i.e.} section number)}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_section_star:nnn#1#2#3{
- \__skrapport_section_star:nnnn{#1}{#2}{#3}{}
-}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_section_star:nnnn#1#2#3#4{
- \group_begin:
- #2
- \hbox_set:Nn\l_tmpa_box{{\skip_horizontal:n{#1}#4}}
- \dim_set:Nn\hangindent{#1+\box_wd:N\l_tmpa_box}
- \noindent\box_use_drop:N\l_tmpa_box
- \interlinepenalty\@M % !!!
- #3
- \group_end:
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \paragraph{Unstarred sections}
- This macro typesets an unstarred section, \emph{i.e.} a numbered
- one. It defines a temporary macro containing the section number
- (maybe, depends on the \cs{c at secnumdepth} counter) which it passes
- on to \cs{__skrapport_section_star:nnnn}, and then writes some things
- to the TOC.
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnnnnn}[6]
- {Section counter name}
- {Section level}
- {Indentation of section title}
- {Styling of the section title}
- {Actual section title}
- {Section title for TOC}
- \changes{0.12d}{Added support for hanging titles}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnnnnn#1#2#3#4#5#6{
- \cs_set:Nn\__skrapport_saved_section:{}
- \int_compare:nF{#2>\value{secnumdepth}}{
- \refstepcounter{#1}
- \cs_set:Nn\__skrapport_saved_section:{
- \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_hanging_titles_bool
- {\llap{\use:c{the#1}\hspace{1ex}}}
- {\use:c{the#1}~}
- }
- }
- \__skrapport_section_star:nnnn
- {#3}{#4}{#5}{\__skrapport_saved_section:}
- \use:c{#1mark}{#6}
- \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{
- \int_compare:nF{#2>\value{secnumdepth}}{
- \protect\numberline{\use:c{the#1}}
- }
- #6
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \paragraph{Generic sectioning macros}
- We will now set up a generic sectioning macro. First, we need
- version of the above macros that expand their arguments.
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_pre_section:c}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_pre_section:n{c}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_post_section:c}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_post_section:n{c}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_section_star:ccn}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_section_star:nnn{ccn}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnccnn}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnnnnn{nnccnn}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- Now, the generic sectioning macro basically takes the sectioning
- macro arguments straight up (arguments 3--5), additionally
- requiring a section counter name and a section level. It expects
- that constant dimensions (see definition of \cs{section} below)
- and a formatting macro are available, and passes these as arguments
- to the underlying sectioning macros as appropriate.
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn}[5]
- {Section counter name}
- {Section level}
- {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
- {Optional argument (or \cs{NoValue})}
- {Section title text}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Nn\__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{
- \__skrapport_pre_section:c{c__skrapport_#1_pre_skip}
- \IfBooleanTF#3{
- \__skrapport_section_star:ccn
- {c__skrapport_#1_indent_dim}
- {__skrapport_#1_style:}
- {#5}
- }{
- \IfNoValueTF{#4}{
- \__skrapport_section_nostar:nnccnn
- {#1}{#2}
- {c__skrapport_#1_indent_dim}
- {__skrapport_#1_style:}
- {#5}
- {#5}
- }{
- \__skrapport_section_nostar:nnccnn
- {#1}{#2}
- {c__skrapport_#1_indent_dim}
- {__skrapport_#1_style:}
- {#5}
- {#4}
- }
- }
- \__skrapport_post_section:c{c__skrapport_#1_post_skip}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \paragraph{Public sectioning API}
- It's time to define the public sectioning macros. They all follow
- the same format: first, two skips and one dimension (used by
- \cs{__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn}) are defined, as well as
- a macro defining the text style of the section. Then, the actual
- macro is provided.
- \begin{macro}{\section}[3]
- {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
- {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
- {Sectioning title}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_pre_skip}
- This is the skip \emph{before} a section title.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_section_pre_skip{-4ex~plus~1ex~minus~-1ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_post_skip}
- This is the skip \emph{after} a section title.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_section_post_skip{.5ex~plus~.5ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_indent_dim}
- This is the \emph{indentation} of a section title.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_section_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_style:}
- This is the text style of a section title.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_section_style:
- {\normalfont\LARGE\__skrapport_title_style:}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- Finally, the public macro is provided.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\section{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{section}{1}{#1}{#2}{#3}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- The other sectioning macros (macros from section to subparagraph are
- available) are defined in an analogous manner.
- \begin{macro}{\subsection}[3]
- {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
- {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
- {Sectioning title}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_pre_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_pre_skip{-3ex~plus~1ex~minus~-1ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_post_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_post_skip{.25ex~plus~.25ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_indent_dim}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_subsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsection_style:
- {\normalfont\Large\__skrapport_title_style:}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\subsection{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsection}{2}{#1}{#2}{#3}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\subsubsection}[3]
- {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
- {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
- {Sectioning title}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_pre_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_pre_skip{-2ex~plus~.5ex~minus~-.5ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_post_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_post_skip{.125ex~plus~.125ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_indent_dim}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_subsubsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsubsection_style:
- {\normalfont\large\__skrapport_title_style:}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\subsubsection{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsubsection}{3}{#1}{#2}{#3}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\paragraph}[3]
- {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
- {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
- {Sectioning title}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_pre_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_paragraph_pre_skip{1ex~plus~.25ex~minus~-.25ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_post_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_paragraph_post_skip{-1em}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_indent_dim}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_paragraph_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_paragraph_style:
- {\normalfont\normalsize\__skrapport_title_style:}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\paragraph{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{paragraph}{4}{#1}{#2}{#3}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\subparagraph}[3]
- {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
- {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
- {Sectioning title}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_pre_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subparagraph_pre_skip{1ex~plus~.25ex~minus~-.25ex}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_post_skip}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subparagraph_post_skip{-1em}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_indent_dim}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_subparagraph_indent_dim{\parindent}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subparagraph_style:
- {\normalfont\normalsize\__skrapport_title_style:\itshape}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\subparagraph{som}{
- \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subparagraph}{5}{#1}{#2}{#3}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \subsubsection{Macros and environments from \pkg{article}}
- \paragraph{List environments}
- First, several dimensions are provided and three penalties defined.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_gset:Nn\leftmargini{2em}
-\dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
-\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginii{2em}
-\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginiii{1.5em}
-\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginiv{1.5em}
-\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginv{1em}
-\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginvi{1em}
-\dim_gset:Nn\labelsep{.5em}
-\dim_gset_eq:NN\labelwidth\leftmargini
-\dim_gsub:Nn\labelwidth{-\labelsep}
-\int_gset:Nn\@beginparpenalty{-\@lowpenalty}
-\int_gset:Nn\@endparpenalty {-\@lowpenalty}
-\int_gset:Nn\@itempenalty {-\@lowpenalty}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- Then, we define the appearance of the item numbers.
- \begin{macro*}{\theenumi}
- The first level consists of arabic numbers (\(1,2,3,\dotsc\)).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\theenumi {\arabic{enumi}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\theenumii}
- The second level consists of lower-case alphabetic characters
- (\(\text{a},\text{b},\text{c},\dotsc\)).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\theenumii {\alph{enumii}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\theenumiii}
- The third level consists of lower-case roman numerals
- (\(\text{i},\text{ii},\text{iii},\dotsc\)).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\theenumiv}
- The fourth level consists of upper-case alphabetic characters
- (\(\text{A},\text{B},\text{C},\dotsc\)).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\theenumiv {\Alph{enumiv}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- We also need macros that typeset the actual labels. Here, different
- levels have a different postfix: all levels except the second are
- postfixed by a period, while the second level is postfixed by a
- closing bracket.
- \begin{macro*}{\labelenumi}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\labelenumii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\labelenumii{\theenumii)}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\labelenumiii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\labelenumiv}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- We also fix the referencing of lower-level items so that one can
- refer to them properly (\emph{i.e.} as 1b(iii) and so on).
- \begin{macro*}{\p at enumii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\p at enumii{\theenumi}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\p at enumiii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\p at enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\p at enumiiv}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\p at enumiv{\p at enumiii\theenumiii}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- All that was for numbered lists (\env{enumerate}). Now, we define
- the \enquote{labels} of \env{itemize} items. Alternately, they
- are a bullet (\textbullet) and a boldfaced dash
- ({\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}).
- \begin{macro*}{\labelitemi}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\labelitemi{\textbullet}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\labelitemii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\labelitemii{\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\labelitemiii}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\labelitemiii{\textbullet}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\labelitemiv}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\labelitemiv{\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- The last of the commonly used list environments is \env{description}.
- Defining it is fairly simple --- we define a list with empty item
- labels and a bit of hackery for the \cs{makelabel} macro inside.
- \begin{environment}{description}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{description}{}{
- \begin{list}{}{
- \dim_zero:N\labelwidth
- \dim_set:Nn\itemindent{-\leftmargin}
- \cs_set_eq:NN\makelabel\descriptionlabel
- }
-}{
- \end{list}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\descriptionlabel}
- Additionally, the \cs{descriptionlabel} macro is defined.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\NewDocumentCommand\descriptionlabel{m}{
- \hspace{\labelsep}\normalfont\bfseries #1
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \end{environment}
-
- \paragraph{Quotation environments}
- The quotation environments are also fairly simple --- \env{quote}
- is just a list with a single item, and \env{quotation} is a
- \env{quote} with extra skips around it.
- \begin{environment}{quote}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\NewDocumentEnvironment{quote}{}{
- \begin{list}{}{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\rightmargin\leftmargin
- }
- \item\itshape
-}{
- \end{list}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
- \begin{environment}{quotation}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\NewDocumentEnvironment{quotation}{}{
- \bigskip
- \begin{quote}
-}{
- \end{quote}
- \bigskip
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
- There's a \env{verse} environment, too, but it's just \env{quote}.
- \begin{environment}{verse}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\NewDocumentEnvironment{verse}{}{
- \begin{quote}
-}{
- \end{quote}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
-
- \paragraph{Front- and backmatter}
- We only define one front/backmatter macro; \cs{appendix}.
- \begin{macro}{\appendix}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\NewDocumentCommand\appendix{}{
- \par
- \setcounter{section}{0}
- \setcounter{subsection}{0}
- \cs_gset:Npn\thesection{\Alph{section}}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \paragraph{Old font macros}
- The old font macros have been deprecated. Do not use!
- \begin{macro}{\rm}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\rm{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\rm}{\textrm}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\sf}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\sf{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\sf}{\textsf}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\tt}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\tt{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\tt}{\texttt}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\bf}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\bf{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\bf}{\textbf}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\it}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\it{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\it}{\textit}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\sl}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\sl{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\sl}{\textsl}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\sc}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\sc{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\sc}{\textsc}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \paragraph{The emphasis macro}
- \begin{macro}{\emph}
- \changes{0.12}{Changed definition, may have introduced spacing issues}
- Redefining the \cs{emph} style to be bold when nested.
- \begin{macro*}{\em}
- \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\em{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\em}{\emph}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_emphstyle:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_emphstyle:{
- \itshape
- \dim_compare:nF{\fontdimen\c_one\font>\c_zero_dim}{\bfseries}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\emph{+m}{
- \ifmmode
- \text{\__skrapport_emphstyle: #1}
- \else
- {\__skrapport_emphstyle: #1}
- \fi
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \paragraph{The footnote rule}
- \begin{macro*}{\footnoterule}
- \changes{0.12}{Removed footnote rule entirely}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\footnoterule{}{}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\@makefntext}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\@makefntext{+m}{
- \dim_set:Nn\parindent{1em}\noindent
- \hbox_to_wd:nn{1.8em}{\hss\@makefnmark}
- #1
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \subsubsection{Floats}
- \paragraph{Table- and box-related lengths}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_gset:Nn\arraycolsep {5pt}
-\dim_gset:Nn\tabcolsep {6pt}
-\dim_gset:Nn\arrayrulewidth{.4pt}
-\dim_gset:Nn\doublerulesep {2pt}
-\dim_gset_eq:NN\tabbingsep\labelsep
-\skip_gset_eq:NN{\skip\@mpfootins}{\skip\footins}
-\dim_gset:Nn\fboxsep {3pt}
-\dim_gset:Nn\fboxrule {.4pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \paragraph{Counters}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\newcounter{figure}
-\newcounter{table}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\theequation}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\thefigure}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\thefigure{\arabic{figure}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\thetable}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\thetable{\arabic{table}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \paragraph{Defaults}
- The default placement, list extension and caption text of all floats.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn \fps at figure{tb}
-\cs_new:Npn\ftype at figure{1}
-\cs_new:Npn \ext at figure{lof}
-\cs_new:Npn \fnum at figure{\figurename\ \thefigure}
-\cs_new:Npn \fps at table {tb}
-\cs_new:Npn\ftype at table {2}
-\cs_new:Npn \ext at table {lot}
-\cs_new:Npn \fnum at table {\tablename\ \thetable}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \paragraph{Environments}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_xfloat:nn}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_xfloat:nx}
- This is a helper macro basically replacing the \cs{@float} macro
- used by \LaTeXe.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_xfloat:nn#1#2{\@xfloat{#1}[#2]}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_xfloat:nn{nx}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{environment}{figure}
- \changes{0.12a}{Figures are now \cs{centering}ed by default}
- \begin{environment*}{figure*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{figure}{o}{
- \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{figure}
- {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{\fps at figure}{#1}}
- \centering
-}{
- \end at float
-}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{figure*}{o}{
- \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{figure}
- {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{tp}{#1}}
- \centering
-}{
- \end at float
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment*}
- \end{environment}
- \begin{environment}{table}
- \changes{0.12a}{Tables are now \cs{centering}ed by default}
- \begin{environment*}{table*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{table}{o}{
- \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{table}
- {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{\fps at table}{#1}}
- \centering
-}{
- \end at float
-}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{table*}{o}{
- \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{table}
- {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{tp}{#1}}
- \centering
-}{
- \end at float
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment*}
- \end{environment}
-
- In addition to the \env{figure} and \env{table} environments, we
- also provide a \env{figcenter} environment that enables centering
- of figures or tables that are too wide for the page.
- \begin{macro*}{\coffin_typeset:Nnnon}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\coffin_typeset:Nnnnn{Nnnon}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{environment}{figcenter}
- \changes{0.12c}{Fixed the x-offset calculation}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{figcenter}{}{
- \cs_set_eq:NN\l__tmpa_cs\caption
- \cs_set:Npn\caption{\msg_error:nn{skrapport}{caption-in-figcenter}}
- \coffin_clear:N\l_tmpa_coffin
- \hcoffin_set:Nw\l_tmpa_coffin
-}{
- \hcoffin_set_end:
- \dim_set:Nn\l_tmpa_dim{(\textwidth - \coffin_wd:N\l_tmpa_coffin)/2}
- \coffin_typeset:Nnnon\l_tmpa_coffin{H}{l}{\dim_use:N\l_tmpa_dim}{0pt}
- \cs_set_eq:NN\caption\l__tmpa_cs
- \cs_undefine:N\l__tmpa_cs
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
-
- \paragraph{Captions}
- Before we begin, we pass options to \pkg{caption}, in case the user
- is loading it or another package based upon it. This fixes an issue
- where the custom caption style was overwritten with the ugly default
- \pkg{article} caption style.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\PassOptionsToPackage{font=small,labelfont+=bf,textfont+=it}{caption}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_caption_name_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_caption_name_style:{\small\bfseries}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_caption_text_style:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_caption_text_style:{\small\itshape}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\skip_new:N\abovecaptionskip
-\skip_set:Nn\abovecaptionskip{10pt}
-\skip_new:N\belowcaptionskip
-\skip_set:Nn\belowcaptionskip{10pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro*}{\@makecaption}
- \changes{0.10c}{Fix missing coloring command for some captions}
- \changes{0.12}{Split \cs{@captionstyle} into two macros}
- \changes{0.12a}{Fix a bug which applied caption name styling to the
- caption text}
- This should possibly be redefined already at the \cs{caption} level.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\@makecaption#1#2{
- \skip_vertical:N\abovecaptionskip
- \hbox_set:Nn\l_tmpa_box{
- \color at setgroup % !!!
- {\__skrapport_caption_name_style:#1:~}
- {\__skrapport_caption_text_style:#2}
- \color at endgroup % !!!
- }
- \dim_compare:nTF{\box_wd:N\l_tmpa_box>\hsize}{
- {\__skrapport_caption_name_style:#1:~}
- {\__skrapport_caption_text_style:#2}
- \par
- }{
- \global\@minipagefalse % !!!
- \hbox_to_wd:nn{\hsize}{
- \hfil
- \box_use_drop:N\l_tmpa_box
- \hfil
- }
- }
- \skip_vertical:N\belowcaptionskip
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \subsubsection{Table of contents}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
-\cs_new:Npn\@tocrmarg{2em}
-\cs_new:Npn\@dotsep{1.7}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
- \changes{0.12}{Removed spacing and \cs{@mkboth} call}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\tableofcontents{}{
- \section*{\contentsname}
- \makeatletter
- \@starttoc{toc}
- \makeatother
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- The following macros conspire to replace \cs{@dottedtocline}.
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn}[6]
- {TOC line character}
- {Table of contents level of the line}
- {Indentation at the start of the line}
- {Width of the section number}
- {Section title}
- {Page number}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn#1#2#3#4#5#6{
- \int_compare:nF{#2>\value{tocdepth}}{
- \skip_vertical:n{0pt~plus~.2pt}
- \group_begin:
- \skip_set:Nn\leftskip{#3}
- \skip_set_eq:NN\rightskip\@tocrmarg
- \skip_set:Nn\parfillskip{-\rightskip}
- \dim_set:Nn\parindent{#3}
- \@afterindenttrue % !!!
- \interlinepenalty\@M % !!!
- \leavevmode
-\end{MacroCode}
- This here is pretty dumb. We can't use a \LaTeX3\ temporary skip
- register (or skip the temporary), because \texttt{\#5} further down
- will contain a \cs{hbox} based on \cs{@tempdima}. The proper thing
- to do here would be to rewrite \cs{addcontentsline}, I guess. Bah.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \skip_set:Nn\@tempdima{#4} % !!! (dumb)
- \skip_add:Nn\leftskip{\@tempdima}
- \null\nobreak
- \skip_horizontal:n{-\leftskip}
- {#5}\nobreak
- \str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{}{
- \hfill
- }{
- \leaders\hbox:n{
- \(\mkern\@dotsep mu\hbox{#1}\mkern\@dotsep mu\) % !!!
- }
- }
- \hfill\nobreak
- \hbox_to_wd:nn{\@pnumwidth}{ % !!!
- \hfil\normalfont\normalcolor #6
- }
- \par
- \group_end:
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn}[5]
- {Table of contents level of the line}
- {Indentation at the start of the line}
- {Width of the section number}
- {Section title}
- {Page number}
- This is a variant of \cs{__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn} which
- implicitly sets empty space as its TOC line.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn#1#2#3#4#5{
- \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn{}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\l at section}
- \changes{0.12}{Now uses \cs{__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at section{mm}{
- \group_begin:
- \skip_vertical:n{.75ex}
- \bfseries
- \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn{1}{0em}{1.3em}{#1}{#2}
- \group_end:
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\l at subsection}
- \changes{0.12}{Now uses \cs{__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at subsection{mm}{
- \group_begin:
- \skip_vertical:n{.35ex}
- \penalty\@secpenalty % !!!
- \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn{.}{2}{1.3em}{2em}{#1}{#2}
- \group_end:
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\l at subsubsection}
- \changes{0.12}{Changed style to match \pkg{skdoc}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at subsubsection{mm}{
- \skip_set:Nn\leftskip{3.3em}
- \dim_set_eq:NN\parindent\c_zero_dim
- \group_begin:
- \cs_set_eq:NN\numberline\use_none:n
- \small #1~[#2]
- \group_end:
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\l at paragraph}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at paragraph{mm}{
- \int_compare:nF{4>\value{tocdepth}}{
- \msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{tocdepth-too-deep}
- {4}{\l at paragraph}
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro*}{\l at subparagraph}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at subparagraph{mm}{
- \int_compare:nF{5>\value{tocdepth}}{
- \msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{tocdepth-too-deep}
- {5}{\l at subparagraph}
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- Fix for \emph{e.g.}~\pkg{tocloft} package.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_set:Npn\l at figure{}
-\cs_set:Npn\l at table{}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsubsection{Basic bibliography support}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_new:N\bibindent
-\dim_set:Nn\bibindent{2em}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
- \changes{0.12}{Removed \cs{@mkboth}, \cs{@openbib at code} and
- \cs{@noitemerr}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{thebibliography}{m}{
- \section*{\refname}
- \list{\@biblabel{\arabic{enumiv}}}{
- \dim_set_to_wd:Nn\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\labelwidth
- \dim_add:Nn\leftmargin{\labelsep}
- \usecounter{enumiv} % !!!
- \cs_set:Nn\p at enumiv{}
- \RenewDocumentCommand\theenumiv{}{\arabic{enumiv}}
- }
- \sloppy
- \int_set:Nn\clubpenalty{4000}
- \int_set_eq:NN\@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
- \int_set:Nn\widowpenalty{4000}
-}{
- \cs_set:Nn\@noitemerr{}
- \endlist
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
- \begin{macro*}{\newblock}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\newblock{}{
- \skip_horizontal:n{.11em~plus~.33em~minus~.07em}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{environment}{theindex}
- \changes{0.12}{Use \pkg{multicol} instead of \cs{twocolumn} mode,
- removed \cs{@mkboth} call}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{theindex}{}{
- \begin{multicols}{2}[\section*{\indexname}]
- \thispagestyle{plain}
- \dim_zero:N\parindent
- \skip_set:N\parskip{\c_zero_skip~plus~.3pt}
- \dim_zero:N\columnseprule
- \dim_set:Nn\columnsep{35pt}
- \cs_set_eq:NN\item\@idxitem
-}{
- \end{multicols}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{environment}
- \begin{macro*}{\@idxitem}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\@idxitem{}{
- \par
- \dim_set:Nn\hangindent{40pt}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \begin{macro}{\subitem}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\subitem{}{
- \@idxitem
- \hspace*{20pt}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\subsubitem}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\subsubitem{}{
- \@idxitem
- \hspace*{30pt}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro*}{\indexspace}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\indexspace{}{
- \par
- \skip_vertical:n{10pt~plus~5pt~minus~3pt}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
-
- \subsubsection{Miscellaneous}
- A macro \cs{comment} (alias \cs{com}/\cs{note}) is defined to let
- the user add comments and notes to the document.
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_comment:n}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_comment:n#1{
- {\textbf{\__skrapport_Comment_word: :}~#1}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\comment}
- \changes{0.10}{Added macro for comments}
- \changes{0.12b}{No longer uses \cs{colorbox} if no color package is loaded}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\comment{sm}{
- \IfBooleanTF{#1}
- {
- \cs_if_exist_use:NT\colorbox{{red!50}}
- {\__skrapport_comment:n{#2}}
- }
- {\marginpar{\__skrapport_comment:n{#2}}}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\com}
- \begin{macro}{\note}
- \changes{0.10b}{Fixed a silly error in \cs{com} and \cs{note}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\ProvideDocumentCommand\com{sm}
- {\IfBooleanTF{#1}{\comment*{#2}}{\comment{#2}}}
-\ProvideDocumentCommand\note{sm}
- {\IfBooleanTF{#1}{\comment*{#2}}{\comment{#2}}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \end{macro}
-
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_space_if_not_punctuation:}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_space_if_not_punctuation:{
- \clist_if_in:noF
- {{,},:,;,!,?,-,),'}
- {\token_to_meaning:N\l_peek_token}
- {\ }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:n}
- \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\cs_new_nopar:Nn\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:n{
- \mbox{#1}
- \peek_meaning_remove:NTF.{}{
- \peek_meaning:NF\ {
- \peek_after:Nw\__skrapport_space_if_not_punctuation:
- }
- }
-}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:n{x}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro*}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\eg}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\eg{}{
- \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_eg_word:}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\ie}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\ie{}{
- \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_ie_word:}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\etc}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\etc{}{
- \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_etc_word:}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\cf}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\cf{}{
- \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_cf_word:}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\viz}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\viz{}{
- \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_viz_word:}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\dash}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\dash{}{
- \cs_if_exist_use:NT\texorpdfstring
- {\unskip\nobreak\thinspace\textemdash\thinspace\ignorespaces}{{ - }}
-}
-\cs_if_exist_use:NT\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{{2014}{\dash}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-
- \subsubsection{Color theme support}
- Color theme setup. Start by patching commands and declaring
- default colors. Not implemented: background colors for e.g.
- quote environments and sections headings, different colors
- for the different sectioning levels.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\bool_if:NT\g__skrapport_color_bool{
- \apptocmd{\bfseries}
- {\color{skrapport at boldcolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\bfseries}}
- \apptocmd{\itshape}
- {\color{skrapport at italiccolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\itshape}}
- \apptocmd{\__skrapport_title_style:}
- {\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_title_style:}}
- \apptocmd{\__skrapport_smallprint_style:}
- {\color{skrapport at smallprintcolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_smallprint_style:}}
- \apptocmd{\__skrapport_abstract_style:}
- {\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_abstract_style:}}
- \apptocmd{\quote}
- {\color{skrapport at quotecolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\quote}}
- \apptocmd{\__skrapport_caption_name_style:}
- {\color{skrapport at captioncolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_caption_name_style:}}
- \apptocmd{\__skrapport_emphstyle:}
- {\color{skrapport at emphcolor}}{}
- {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_emphstyle:}}
-\end{MacroCode}
-% I have no idea why this was here or what difference it makes. These
-% things should be using \__skrapport_title_style:.
-% \ifskrapport at twocolumn\AtBeginDocument{%
-% \renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
-% {-.999\baselineskip}{0.001\baselineskip}{\bfseries\mathversi%on{bold}\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}}
-% \renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
-% {\baselineskip}{-.35\baselineskip}{\bfseries\color{skrapport at titlecolor}\unskip}}
-% \renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
-% {\baselineskip}{-.35\baselineskip}{\itshape\color{skrapport at titlecolor}\unskip}}
-% }\fi
-% \renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
-% {1ex \@plus .25ex \@minus -.25ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}}
-% \renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}%
-% {1ex \@plus .25ex \@minus -.25ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
- \hypersetup{%
- citebordercolor=skrapport at citecolor,citecolor=skrapport at citecolor,%
- filebordercolor=skrapport at filecolor,filecolor=skrapport at filecolor,%
- linkbordercolor=skrapport at linkcolor,linkcolor=skrapport at linkcolor,%
- menubordercolor=skrapport at menucolor,menucolor=skrapport at menucolor,%
- urlbordercolor=skrapport at urlcolor,urlcolor=skrapport at urlcolor,%
- runbordercolor=skrapport at runcolor,runcolor=skrapport at runcolor%
- }
- }{}}
- \AtBeginDocument{\color{skrapport at defaultcolor}}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\colortheme}
- The \cs{colortheme} macro allows the end-user to load color themes
- (described later) to customize the colors of the document when the
- class is loaded with the \opt{color} option.
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \DeclareDocumentCommand\colortheme{m}{
- \usepackage{skrapport-colortheme-#1}
- }
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
- \colortheme{default}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsection{Final class setup}
- We end the document class by setting a few lengths along with the
- page style and page numbering. Also, activate \cs{raggedbottom} and
- \cs{onexolumn} (since we always do all the two-column stuff
- ourselves anyway).
-\begin{MacroCode}{class}
-\dim_set:Nn\columnsep{10pt}
-\dim_zero:N\columnseprule
-\pagestyle{plain}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}
-\raggedbottom
-\onecolumn
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsection{Color themes}
- As described earlier, the user can load color themes to customize
- the appearance of the document if the class was loaded with the
- \opt{color} option. Four themes are available by default.
-
- \subsubsection{Default color theme}
- \begin{theme}{Default}
- \changes{0.09}{Added default color theme}
-\begin{MacroCode}{theme-default}
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-default}
- {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme default}
-\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{named}{green}
-\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{named}{teal}
-\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{named}{red}
-\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{named}{red}
-\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{named}{cyan}
-\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{named}{teal}
-\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{theme}
-
- \subsubsection{Unscathed color theme}
- \begin{theme}{Unscathed}
- \changes{0.09}{Added \enquote{Unschathed} color theme}
-\begin{MacroCode}{theme-unscathed}
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-unscathed}
- {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme unscathed}
-\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
-\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
-\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
-\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
-\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{HTML}{463335}
-\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{HTML}{CF5D3B}
-\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{named}{skrapport at linkcolor}
-\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{HTML}{B34430}
-\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{named}{skrapport at titlecolor}
-\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{HTML}{70524A}
-\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{named}{skrapport at quotecolor}
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{theme}
-
- \subsubsection{Cruelwater color theme}
- \begin{theme}{Cruelwater}
- \changes{0.09}{Added \enquote{Cruelwater} color theme}
-\begin{MacroCode}{theme-cruelwater}
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-cruelwater}
- {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme cruelwater}
-\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{HTML}{030C22}
-\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{HTML}{20293F}
-\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{HTML}{A9B0B3}
-\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{HTML}{404749}
-\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{HTML}{030C22}
-\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{HTML}{20293F}
-\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{theme}
-
- \subsubsection{Violet color theme}
- \begin{theme}{Violet}
-\changes{0.09}{Added \enquote{Violet} color theme}
-\begin{MacroCode}{theme-violet}
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-violet}
- {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme violet}
-\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{HTML}{932444}
-\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{HTML}{932444}
-\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{HTML}{932444}
-\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{HTML}{932444}
-\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{HTML}{932444}
-\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{HTML}{932444}
-\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{HTML}{311A2A}
-\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{HTML}{311A2A}
-\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{HTML}{D6CBCF}
-\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{HTML}{463335}
-\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{HTML}{311A2A}
-\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{HTML}{98758D}
-\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{theme}
-
- \subsubsection{skdoc color theme}
- \begin{theme}{skdoc}
-\changes{0.11a}{Added \enquote{skdoc} color theme}
-\begin{MacroCode}{theme-skdoc}
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-skdoc}
- {2013/04/10}{1.0}{skrapport color theme skdoc}
-\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
-\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
-\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
-\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
-\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
-\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
-\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
-\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{RGB}{11,72,107}
-\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
-\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{RGB}{11,72,107}
-\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
-\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{RGB}{11,72,107}
-\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
-\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{theme}
-
- \section{Point sizes}
- The point size options are pretty much \LaTeX3 translations of the
- standard \pkg{article} class option files. There's a lot of duplicate
- code here which may be worth to consolidate a bit.
-
- \subsubsection{Common macros}
- We first set up a package providing replacements for \LaTeXe\ macros,
- common to all the point size files.
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-common}
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-size-common}
- {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option common macros}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_set_font_size:nn}[2]
- {Font size}
- {Baseline skip?} % !!!
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-common}
-\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_set_font_size:nn#1#2{
- \fontsize{#1}{#2} % !!!
- \selectfont
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-common}
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \subsubsection{Actual point size files}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
-\ProvidesExplFile{skrapport-size10pt.clo}
- {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option 10pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
-\ProvidesExplFile{skrapport-size11pt.clo}
- {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option 11pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
-\ProvidesExplFile{skrapport-size12pt.clo}
- {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option 12pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\RequirePackage{skrapport-size-common}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\normalsize}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\RenewDocumentCommand\normalsize{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{10}{12}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {10pt~plus~2pt~minus~5pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6pt ~plus~3pt~minus~3pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{11}{13.2}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {11pt ~plus~3pt ~minus~6pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6.5pt~plus~3.5pt~minus~3pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{12}{14.5}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {12pt ~plus~3pt ~minus~7pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6.5pt~plus~3.5pt~minus~3pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
- \skip_gset_eq:NN\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \cs_gset_eq:NN\@listi\@listI
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\normalsize
-\end{MacroCode}
- \begin{macro}{\small}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\small{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{9}{11}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {8.5pt~plus~3pt~minus~4pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~2pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {4pt ~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{10}{12}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {10pt~plus~2pt~minus~5pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~2pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6pt ~plus~3pt~minus~3pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{11}{13.6}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {11pt ~plus~3pt ~minus~6pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6.5pt~plus~3.5pt~minus~3pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
- \skip_gset_eq:NN\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \cs_gset:Npn\@listi{
- \dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
- \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{6pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{3pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{ 9pt~plus~3pt~minus~5pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
- \skip_gset_eq:NN\itemsep\parsep
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\footnotesize}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\footnotesize{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{8}{9.5}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {6pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt~plus~1pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {3pt~plus~1pt~minus~2pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{9}{11}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {8pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt~plus~1pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{10}{12}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {10pt~plus~2pt~minus~5pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip { 0pt~plus~3pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip { 6pt~plus~3pt~minus~3pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
- \skip_gset_eq:NN\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \cs_gset:Npn\@listi{
- \dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{3pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
- \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{6pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
- \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{3pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
- \skip_gset_eq:NN\itemsep\parsep
- }
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\scriptsize}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\scriptsize{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{7}{8}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11,size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{8}{9.5}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\tiny}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\tiny{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{5}{6}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11,size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{6}{7}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\large}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\large{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{12}{14}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{14}{18}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\Large}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\Large{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{14}{18}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{17}{22}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\LARGE}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\LARGE{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{17}{22}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{20}{25}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\huge}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\huge{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{20}{25}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{25}{30}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
- \begin{macro}{\Huge}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\NewDocumentCommand\Huge{}{
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{25}{30}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{30}{36}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\end{MacroCode}
- \end{macro}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
-\dim_set:Nn\parindent {15pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
-\dim_set:Nn\parindent {17pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
-\dim_set:Nn\parindent {1.5em}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\skip_set:Nn\smallskipamount{ 3pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\medskipamount { 6pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\bigskipamount {12pt~plus~4pt~minus~4pt}
-\dim_set:Nn\headheight{12pt}
-\dim_set:Nn\headsep {25pt}
-\dim_set:Nn\topskip {10pt}
-\dim_set:Nn\footskip {30pt}
-\dim_set:Nn\maxdepth { 5pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
- These (\emph{i.e.} text width and height) are hopefully overwritten
- by \pkg{typearea} later, so we don't bother much with them.
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\dim_set:Nn\textwidth {\paperwidth-2cm}
-\dim_set:Nn\textheight{\paperheight-2cm}
-\dim_set:Nn\oddsidemargin {.2cm}
-\dim_set:Nn\evensidemargin {1cm}
-\dim_set:Nn\marginparsep {11pt}
-\dim_set:Nn\marginparpush {5pt}
-\dim_set:Nn\marginparwidth {.8cm-\marginparsep}
-\dim_set:Nn\topmargin{\paperheight-1cm
- -\headheight-\headsep
- -\textheight-\footskip
- -.5\topmargin}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
-\dim_set:Nn\footnotesep{6.65pt}
-\skip_set:Nn{\skip\footins} { 9pt~plus~4pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\floatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\textfloatsep {20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\intextsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\dblfloatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\dbltextfloatsep{20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
-\dim_set:Nn\footnotesep{7.7pt}
-\skip_set:Nn{\skip\footins} {10pt~plus~4pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\floatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\textfloatsep {20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\intextsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\dblfloatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\dbltextfloatsep{20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
-\dim_set:Nn\footnotesep{8.4pt}
-\skip_set:Nn{\skip\footins} {10.8pt~plus~4pt~minus~2pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\floatsep {12pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\textfloatsep {20pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\intextsep {14pt ~plus~4pt~minus~4pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\dblfloatsep {14pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\dbltextfloatsep{20pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
- These six have been changed slightly compared to \LaTeXe.
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\skip_set:Nn\@fptop{ 5pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
-\skip_set:Nn\@fpsep{10pt~plus~2fil}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
-\skip_set:Nn\@fpsep{11pt~plus~2fil}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
-\skip_set:Nn\@fpsep{12pt~plus~2fil}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\skip_set:Nn\@fpbot{ 5pt}
-\skip_set:Nn\@dblfptop{ 5pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
-\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpsep{10pt~plus~2fil}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
-\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpsep{11pt~plus~2fil}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
-\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpsep{12pt~plus~2fil}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpbot{ 5pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
-\skip_set:Nn\partopsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
-\skip_set:Nn\partopsep{3pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
-\skip_set:Nn\partopsep{3pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\cs_set:Npn\@listi{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \skip_set:Nn\parsep {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep {8pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\itemsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
- \skip_set:Nn\parsep {4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep { 9pt~plus~3pt~minus~5pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\itemsep{4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \skip_set:Nn\parsep { 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep {10pt~plus~4pt ~minus~6pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\itemsep{ 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-}
-\cs_set_eq:NN\@listI\@listi
-\dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
-\skip_gset:Nn\parsep {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\skip_gset:Nn\topsep {8pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
-\skip_gset:Nn\itemsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
-\skip_gset:Nn\parsep {4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\skip_gset:Nn\topsep { 9pt~plus~3pt~minus~5pt}
-\skip_gset:Nn\itemsep{4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
-\skip_gset:Nn\parsep { 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
-\skip_gset:Nn\topsep {10pt~plus~4pt ~minus~6pt}
-\skip_gset:Nn\itemsep{ 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
-\cs_set:Npn\@listii{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginii-\labelsep}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
- \skip_set:Nn\parsep {2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
- \skip_set:Nn\parsep { 2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep {4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \skip_set:Nn\parsep {2.5pt~plus~1pt ~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep { 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
- \skip_set_eq:NN\itemsep\parsep
-}
-\cs_set:Npn\@listiii{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginiii-\labelsep}
- \skip_set_eq:NN\parsep\c_zero_skip
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep {2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\partopsep{1pt~plus~0pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
- \skip_set:Nn\topsep {2.5pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
- \skip_set:Nn\partopsep{ 1pt~plus~0pt~minus~1pt}
-\end{MacroCode}
-\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
- \skip_set_eq:NN\itemsep\topsep
-}
-\cs_set:Npn\@listiv{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
- \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginiv-\labelsep}
-}
-\cs_set:Npn\@listv{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginv
- \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginv-\labelsep}
-}
-\cs_set:Npn\@listvi{
- \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
- \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginvi-\labelsep}
-}
-\endinput
-\end{MacroCode}
-
- \Finale
- \section{Installation}
- The easiest way to install this package is using the package
- manager provided by your \LaTeX\ installation if such a program
- is available. Failing that, provided you have obtained the package
- source (\file{skrapport.tex} and \file{Makefile}) from either CTAN
- or Github, running \texttt{make install} inside the source directory
- works well. This will extract the documentation and code from
- \file{skrapport.tex}, install all files into the TDS tree at
- \texttt{TEXMFHOME} and run \texttt{mktexlsr}.
-
- If you want to extract code and documentation without installing
- the package, run \texttt{make all} instead. If you insist on not
- using \texttt{make}, remember that packages distributed using
- \pkg{skdoc} must be extracted using \texttt{pdflatex}, \emph{not}
- \texttt{tex} or \texttt{latex}.
-
- \PrintChanges
- \PrintIndex
- \printbibliography
-\end{document}
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex 2018-12-30 22:11:16 UTC (rev 49540)
@@ -0,0 +1,4375 @@
+%% skrapport Skånings rapportklass
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2012-2016 by Simon Sigurdhsson <sigurdhsson at gmail.com>
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Simon Sigurdhsson.
+%%
+%% This work consists of the file skrapport.tex and the derived files:
+%% * skrapport.cls
+%% * skrapport-colortheme-default.sty
+%% * skrapport-colortheme-unscathed.sty
+%% * skrapport-colortheme-violet.sty
+%% * skrapport-colortheme-cruelwater.sty
+%% * skrapport-colortheme-skdoc.sty
+%% * skrapport-size-common.sty
+%% * skrapport-size10pt.clo
+%% * skrapport-size11pt.clo
+%% * skrapport-size12pt.clo
+\documentclass{skdoc}
+\let\SI\relax
+\usepackage{siunitx}
+\DeclareSIUnit\point{pt}
+\usepackage{hologo,booktabs,xcoffins,calc}
+\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}
+\usepackage{csquotes}
+\usepackage{varioref,cleveref}
+%\usepackage{chslacite}
+
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn\ExplHack{
+ \char_set_catcode_letter:n{ 58 }
+ \char_set_catcode_letter:n{ 95 }
+}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+% Hide the implementation
+\OnlyDescription
+
+% Bibliography entries
+\begin{filecontents}{skrapport.bib}
+ @article{kpfonts,
+ author = {Christophe Caignaert},
+ title = {KP-Fonts 3.31},
+ year = {2010},
+ url = {http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/kpfonts/doc/kpfonts.pdf}
+ }
+ @standard{ISO216,
+ title = {ISO 216:2007},
+ subtitle = {Writing paper and certain classes of printed matter -- Trimmed sizes -- A and B series, and indication of machine direction},
+ author = {{International Organization for Standardization, Technical Committee 6}},
+ year = {2007}
+ }
+ @standard{ISO8601,
+ title = {ISO 8601:2004},
+ subtitle = {Data elements and interchange formats -- Information interchange -- Representation of dates and times},
+ author = {{International Organization for Standardization, Technical Committee 154}},
+ year = {2004}
+ }
+ @article{Flynn,
+ author = {Peter Flynn},
+ title = {Rolling your own Document Class: Using \LaTeX{} to
+ keep away from the Dark Side},
+ journal = {The Prac\TeX{} Journal},
+ number = {4},
+ year = {2006},
+ url = {http://tug.org/pracjourn/2006-4/flynn/flynn.pdf}
+ }
+\end{filecontents}
+\addbibresource{skrapport.bib}
+
+% Declare the target files
+\SelfPreambleTo{\mypreamble}
+\DeclareFile[key=class,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport.cls}
+\DeclareFile[key=size-common,preamble=\mypreamble]%
+ {skrapport-size-common.sty}
+\DeclareFile[key=size-10,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport-size10pt.clo}
+\DeclareFile[key=size-11,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport-size11pt.clo}
+\DeclareFile[key=size-12,preamble=\mypreamble]{skrapport-size12pt.clo}
+\DeclareFile[key=theme-default,preamble=\mypreamble]%
+ {skrapport-colortheme-default.sty}
+\DeclareFile[key=theme-unscathed,preamble=\mypreamble]%
+ {skrapport-colortheme-unscathed.sty}
+\DeclareFile[key=theme-cruelwater,preamble=\mypreamble]%
+ {skrapport-colortheme-cruelwater.sty}
+\DeclareFile[key=theme-violet,preamble=\mypreamble]%
+ {skrapport-colortheme-violet.sty}
+\DeclareFile[key=theme-skdoc,preamble=\mypreamble]%
+ {skrapport-colortheme-skdoc.sty}
+
+% This is where the documentation begins
+\begin{document}
+ % Change & version info
+ \version{0.12i}
+ \changes{0.01}{Initial version}
+ \changes{0.03}{Removed \cs{rd} and \cs{id}}
+ \changes{0.04}{Added \pkg{microtype} package}
+ \changes{0.05}{Improved documentation}
+ \changes{0.06}{Corrected cheksum, further improved documentation}
+ \changes{0.07}{Various bugfixes, \hologo{XeLaTeX} compatibility,
+ better float settings, quote style fix,
+ \opt{intlimits} option to \pkg{amsmath}}
+ \changes{0.07a}{Fixed \pkg{kpfonts} issues}
+ \changes{0.09}{Introduced \pkg{kvoptions},
+ fixed abstract in twocolumn mode}
+ \changes{0.10}{Include skmath if exists
+ and wanted. Gobble optional arguments to
+ \env{figure} and \env{table} in two-column mode}
+ \changes{0.10a}{Include \pkg{xparse} (fixes breakage)}
+ \changes{0.11}{Added \opt{minion} for Adobe Minion Pro font}
+ \changes{0.11a}{Added \opt{skdoc} font option and \thm{skdoc} color theme}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated several macros, moved to \LaTeX3. Use of TOC depth above 3 is now unsupported}
+ \changes{0.12a}{The \pkg{fontspec} package is now only loaded when using the \texttt{word} or \texttt{none} font stacks on \hologo{LuaLaTeX} or \hologo{XeLaTeX}. The \texttt{word} font stack is now
+ the default font stack on \hologo{XeLaTeX}}
+ \changes{0.12b}{Minor and major bugfixes to \cs{maketitle}, \opt{ptsize}, \opt{twocolumn} and others}
+ \changes{0.12c}{Added german language option, fixed sectioning macros in \opt{twocolumn} mode}
+ \changes{0.12d}{Added \opt{hanging-titles}, latin phrase macros. Load \pkg{isomath}. Don't load \pkg{icomma}. Use \cs{frenchspacing}}
+ \changes{0.12e}{Replace usage of deprecated \pkg{expl3} macros (thanks for the heads-up, Joseph Wright!)}
+ \changes{0.12f}{Fix incorrect usage of \pkg{xparse} macros}
+ \changes{0.12g}{Track \pkg{expl3} changes (thanks to Joseph Wright)}
+ \changes{0.12h}{Fix incompatibilities with recent \pkg{expl3}}
+ \changes{0.12i}{Track \pkg{expl3} changes (thanks to Joseph Wright)}
+ % Don't forget to update the version number and release date of
+ % the package declaration in the implementation!
+
+ % Metadata
+ \package[ctan=skrapport,vcs=https://github.com/urdh/skrapport]{skrapport}
+ \title{The \textbf{\thepackage} document class}
+ \author{Simon Sigurdhsson}
+ \email{sigurdhsson at gmail.com}
+
+ % First page
+ \maketitle
+ \begin{abstract}
+ A document class intended for simple documents \emph{e.g.}
+ reports handed in to courses and such. It is small,
+ straight-forward and heavily inspired by the Prac\TeX{}
+ Journal style.
+ \end{abstract}
+ \tableofcontents
+
+ \section{Documentation}
+ The \thepackage\ document class aims to make typesetting simple but
+ stylish documents (mostly reports) as effortless as possible. It
+ does this by mostly reimplementing the default \pkg{article} class
+ in \LaTeX3, while making modifications to both form and function
+ along the way.
+
+ Because it is reimplemented in \LaTeX3, it may be incompatible with
+ any number of packages that patch or otherwise modify internals of
+ \pkg{article} or other document classes. For commonly used packages
+ (especially those used frequently by the author), this shouldn't be
+ a problem. The author gladly accepts reports of any such issues at
+ the project issue tracker --- see \enquote{Known issues} on
+ \vpageref{sec:issues}.
+
+ \subsection{Options}
+ As with other document classes, the class is loaded, possibly with
+ options, by issuing \Macro\documentclass[<options>]{skrapport}.
+ The class has a number of options controlling both form and function,
+ by \emph{e.g.} setting the font size, selecting a font stack, setting
+ the section title style, and so on.
+
+ \subsubsection{Layout}
+ Two options controlling the overall layout of the document are
+ provided. Collectively they control the paper size and text layout
+ of the document.
+
+ \Option{paper}\WithValues{a4, a5}\AndDefault{a4}
+ The \opt{paper} option controls the paper size of the document.
+ Internally, this is set by the \pkg{typearea} package, so in theory
+ many more paper sizes could be available, but the current options
+ cover most useful documents.
+
+ \Option{twocolumn}
+ The \opt{twocolumn} option sets up a two-column mode. This is not
+ provided by internal \LaTeX\ mechanics as in the original
+ \pkg{article} class, but instead by patching environments and macros
+ and using a combination of the \pkg{multicol} and \pkg{grid}
+ packages. In theory, this means that baselines of adjacent columns
+ should be aligned, and that three- or four-column modes are possible
+ in the future (but that'd be ridiculous).
+
+ \subsubsection{Style}
+ A couple of options to control the style of the document are
+ provided. Two of them, \opt{leqno} and \opt{fleqn}, are mainly
+ provided for compatibility with the \pkg{article} class.
+
+ \Option{leqno}
+ This option makes display math environments typeset their labels on
+ the left-hand side of the formula instead of the right-hand side.
+
+ \Option{fleqn}
+ This option makes display math environments left-align the entire
+ formula as opposed to centering it.
+
+ \Option{indent}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
+ The \opt{indent} option enables or disables the indentation of
+ paragraphs, with the default being not to indent anything. The
+ default behaviour thus is similar to that obtained using the
+ \pkg{parskip} package with the \pkg{article} package.
+
+ \Option{titles}\WithValues{rm, it, bf, sf}\AndDefault{bf}
+ Section titles (and a few other elements) are controlled by this
+ option in that they are typeset either using the regular roman font,
+ the boldfaced roman font or the sans serif font. For historical
+ reasons the default is a boldfaced roman font, but the sans serif
+ option is very handsome.
+
+ \Option{hanging-titles}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
+ This options allow sections to be set as \enquote{hanging} titles,
+ \emph{i.e.} with the section number in the margin.
+
+ \Option{color}\WithValues{\meta{color theme}}\AndDefault{default}
+ This option tells the class to activate color theme support and
+ optionally load a color theme. Several color themes are available
+ (as detailed by \enquote{Color themes} \vpageref{ssec:color}),
+ and the special value \texttt{false} disables color support
+ entirely (which only means that the \pkg{xcolor} package isn't
+ loaded, and that \cs{colortheme} remains undefined).
+
+ \subsubsection{Fonts}
+ Only two options control the font setup of the document class. The
+ class provides the same point sizes as \pkg{article}, but also
+ provides a large number of font stacks to choose from.
+
+ \Option{ptsize}\WithValues{10pt, 11pt, 12pt}\AndDefault{11pt}
+ The document class provides the same three point sizes as the
+ \pkg{article} class. There is room for expansion, but there really
+ shouldn't be any reason to use other point sizes.
+
+ \Option{font}\WithValues{none, kpfonts, lmodern, palatino, minion, skdoc, word}\AndDefault{kpfonts}
+ Several different font stacks, detailed by \vref{tab:font}, are
+ provided. Most of these work with \hologo{pdfLaTeX}, but there are
+ two special font stacks: \texttt{none} and \texttt{word}. The
+ former, predictably, loads no fonts whatsoever leaving the document
+ with Computer Modern fonts. This is useful if the fonts are replaced
+ later anyway, such as when using \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
+
+ The \texttt{word}
+ font stack, however, does load a few fonts. The fonts must be present
+ and installed on the system as OTF or TTF fonts, and the font stack
+ requires either \hologo{XeLaTeX} or \hologo{LuaLaTeX}.
+ Both \texttt{word} and \texttt{none} load the \pkg{fontspec}
+ package, assuming the document is compiled using \hologo{XeLaTeX}
+ or \hologo{LuaLaTeX}.
+
+ \Notice{The \texttt{skdoc} font stack doesn't have a math font.}
+ \Warning{Currently, \pkg{fontspec} is always loaded by
+ \hologo{XeLaTeX} regardless of options due to
+ the use of \pkg{polyglossia}. This means that
+ you \emph{have} to use OpenType fonts in your
+ document, otherwise \emph{only} Latin Modern
+ Roman (\emph{i.e.} no sans-serif or monospace
+ fonts) will be available. Therefore, the \texttt{word}
+ font stack is the default when using \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
+ \Hologo{LuaLaTeX} is not affected by this.}
+
+ \begin{table}[tp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{Font stacks provided by \thepackage.}
+ \label{tab:font}
+ \NewCoffin\tempcoffin\newlength\templength
+ \SetHorizontalCoffin\tempcoffin{
+ \begin{tabular}{lllll}
+ \toprule
+ Font stack & Serif font & Math font & Sans serif font & Monospace font \\
+ \midrule
+ \texttt{kpfonts} & Kp-Fonts & Kp-Fonts & Kp-Fonts & Kp-Fonts \\
+ \texttt{lmodern} & Latin Modern & Latin Modern & Latin Modern & Source Code Pro \\
+ \texttt{palatino} & \TeX\ Gyre & PX & Arev & Source Code Pro \\
+ \texttt{minion} & Minion Pro & Minion Pro & Myriad Pro & Source Code Pro \\
+ \texttt{skdoc} & PT Serif & --- & Open Sans & Source Code Pro \\
+ \texttt{word} & Cambria & Cambria Math & Calibri & Consolas \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+ }
+ \setlength{\templength}{(\textwidth - \CoffinWidth\tempcoffin)/2}
+ \hspace*{\templength}
+ \TypesetCoffin\tempcoffin
+ \end{table}
+
+ \subsubsection{Functionality}
+ The final three options affect functionality in one way or another.
+ Since \thepackage\ was originally designed for reports written in
+ either swedish or english, the class always loads either \pkg{babel}
+ or \pkg{polyglossia} with either of these languages. Additionally,
+ the class may load the \pkg{skmath} package if desirable.
+
+ \Option{nomath}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
+ When \texttt{false}, the \pkg{skmath} package is loaded, providing
+ improvements to the math functionality of \pkg{amsmath} and friends.
+
+ \Option{lang}\WithValues{en, sv, de}\AndDefault{sv}
+ This option specifies what main language \pkg{babel} or
+ \pkg{polyglossia} set up with. English (or swedish, for
+ \texttt{lang=en}) is loaded as well, for use in constructs
+ that allow for a second language.
+
+ \Option{draft}\WithValues{true, false}\AndDefault{false}
+ The \opt{draft} option, much like in \pkg{article}, enables
+ \cs{overfullrule}s and possibly similar functionality in loaded
+ packages (if they react to the global \opt{draft} option).
+
+ \subsection{User-level commands and environments}
+ The general idea behind the document class is to provide most
+ (if not all) of the macros provided by the standard \LaTeXe{}
+ classes, as well as additional macros to simplify and beautify
+ the documents produced. As such, most of the documentation that
+ follows details macros that are present in the standard document
+ classes. Some of them have changed functionality or semantics,
+ so at least a skim through this section is recommended.
+
+ \subsubsection{The front page}
+ The front page is the part of the document that has seen the most
+ changes in \thepackage\ compared to \pkg{article}. In addition to
+ the new, Prac\TeX-inspired layout, there are a few additional
+ pieces of information in it. Also, the \cs{author} macro has been
+ dramatically improved.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\date{<ISO8601 date>}
+ The \cs{date} macro now internally employs \pkg{isodate} to typeset
+ the date of the document. This means that the input must be either
+ the string \enquote{today}, the token \cs{today} or a date as defined
+ by ISO8601\footcite{ISO8601}. The mechanisms provided by
+ \pkg{isodate} can be used to affect the output format.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\author[<email>]{<name>}
+ In contrast with the \pkg{article} package, the \cs{author} macro
+ should no longer be used to typeset several author names at once.
+ Instead, one \cs{author} command is to be issued for every author,
+ optionally providing a corresponding email. These are then combined,
+ in the order they are given, to form a list of authors and a
+ corresponding list of email adresses.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\regarding{<topic>}
+ This macro defines a topic or other short message detailing the
+ purpose of the document. It is typeset along with the date in the
+ upper left corner of the title page.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\license{<license name>}
+ The \cs{license} macro defines a short license name to be typeset
+ in the lower right corner of the title page. This mechanism could of
+ course be used to typeset an institution name or similar as well.
+ It is only typeset when also using the \env{titlepage} environment
+ described below.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\title{<document title>}
+ The \cs{title} macro, while not defined by \pkg{skrapport}, is
+ relevant to describe. It simply sets the title of the document, as
+ displayed by \cs{maketitle}.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\maketitle[hide=\{date,regarding,email\},nopdfinfo]
+ As in \pkg{article}, the \cs{maketitle} macro typesets the
+ information provided by \cs{title}, \cs{author} and friends to form
+ a stylish front page. When combined with \env{abstract},
+ \env{titlepage} and/or \cs{tableofcontents}, you get a very
+ good-looking preamble with almost no effort.
+
+ The optional argument is a key-value list with two valid entries,
+ \opt*{hide} and \opt*{nopdfinfo}. The \opt*{hide} entry accepts a
+ comma-separated list in which the values \opt*{date},
+ \opt*{regarding} and \opt*{email}
+ are interpreted as instructions to hide the corresponding entry from
+ the front page. The \opt*{nopdfinfo} key disables the generation of
+ PDF information by \pkg{hyperref}.
+
+ \DescribeEnv[<abstract text>]{abstract}
+ The \env{abstract} environment defines an abstract, which is typeset
+ in a block with the \cs{abstractname} word next to it (see
+ \emph{e.g.} the title page of this manual for an example).
+
+ \DescribeEnv[<title page contents>]{titlepage}
+ Normally, \cs{maketitle} doesn't reserve its own page. By enclosing
+ \cs{maketitle} (and \env{abstract} if appropriate) in the
+ \env{titlepage} environment, the contents are typeset on their
+ own page, without page numbering and with the \cs{license} text
+ in the lower right corner (if applicable).
+
+ \subsubsection{Sectioning}
+ \DescribeMacro\section*[<short title>]{<title>}
+ \DescribeMacro\subsection*[<short title>]{<title>}
+ \DescribeMacro\subsubsection*[<short title>]{<title>}
+ \DescribeMacro\paragraph*[<short title>]{<title>}
+ \DescribeMacro\subparagraph*[<short title>]{<title>}
+ The sectioning macros are superficially very similar to those
+ provided by \pkg{article}, but have been completely reimplemented
+ in \pkg{expl3} code. Additionally, the style of these sectioning
+ macros, as detailed by the \opt{titles} option documentation above,
+ can be changed.
+
+ All of them have both arguments and behaviour in common, only
+ differing in style. The starred versions are unnumbered, but still
+ accept the opional short title (simply discarding it). The optional
+ short title is used in the table of contents. The
+ \texttt{secnumdepth} counter limits the depth of section numbering.
+
+ The first three macros, being section titles, are typeset as actual
+ titles on their own line with appropriate spacing above and below.
+ The paragraph macros instead typeset run-in titles.
+
+ \subsubsection{Macros and environments from \pkg{article}}
+ Aside from the \env{itemize} and \env{enumerate} envionments and the
+ font selection macros, which are carried without modification from
+ \LaTeXe, a couple of environments and macros are defined.
+
+ The old font macros, whose use has been discouraged for a long time,
+ are now deprecated. Instead of functioning correctly, they will emit
+ an error and require user input. Use the \cs*{text??}/\cs*{??family}
+ macros instead. For emphasis, use the \cs{emph} macro.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\emph{<text>}
+ Emphasized text will be typeset in italic, or bold italic if the
+ macro is used in a context where italic is already used (such as
+ inside another \cs{emph} invokation).
+
+ \DescribeEnv[\cs*{item}\oarg{item} \meta{description}]{description}
+ The \env{description} environment behaves as expected, typesetting
+ a list of descriptions as in the \pkg{article} class.
+
+ \DescribeEnv[<short quote>]{quote}
+ Intended for short quotes, the \env{quote} environment simply
+ typesets a centered block of italic text.
+
+ \DescribeEnv[<long quote>]{quotation}
+ Longer quoted passages are typeset using the \env{quotation}
+ environment. This is simply a \env{quote} environment with additional
+ spacing above and below.
+
+ \DescribeEnv[<pretentious poetry>]{verse}
+ The \env{verse} environment is intended for poetry and other text
+ where line breaks are critical. Use \verb|\\| to break
+ lines.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\appendix
+ This macro signals the end of the main matter and the start of
+ the appendix. In essence, it resets the section numbering counter
+ and changes the section numbering to the upper-case alphabetic
+ sequence.
+
+ \subsubsection{Floats}
+ Both the \env{figure} and \env{table} float environments accept an
+ optional positioning argument. The default positioning is
+ \texttt{tp}. Both environments also have starred variants, which
+ do nothing in one-column mode while typesetting the figure across
+ both columns in two-column mode. As usual, \cs{centering},
+ \cs{caption} and \cs{label} should be used inside the floats.
+
+ \DescribeEnv[<content>]{figure}[position]
+ This float environment is intended for figures. The most common
+ contents are \cs{includegraphics} statements or \env{tikzpicture}
+ environments.
+
+ \DescribeEnv[<content>]{table}[position]
+ A float intended for tables. Probably contains \env{tabular}s.
+
+ \DescribeEnv{figcenter}
+ This environment is useful for wide figures and tables. It typesets
+ its contents centered horizonally, but allows the content to extend
+ into the margin. The content is set in a horizontal coffin.
+
+ \subsubsection{Table of contents}
+ \DescribeMacro\tableofcontents
+ The table of contents are typeset using this macro. The
+ \texttt{tocdepth} counter limits the depth of the table of
+ contents, but for stylistic reasons values higher than 3 are
+ unsupported.
+
+% \subsubsection{Basic bibliography support}
+
+ \subsubsection{Miscellaneous}
+ \DescribeMacro\comment*{<comment>}
+ \DescribeMacro\note*{<comment>}
+ \DescribeMacro\com*{<comment>}
+ These macros, the two latter being aliases of the first one, typeset
+ an author's comment in the document. The starred variants typeset the
+ comment inline with a red background, while the unstarred variant
+ typesets the comment in a \cs{marginpar}.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\eg
+ \DescribeMacro\ie
+ \DescribeMacro\etc
+ \DescribeMacro\cf
+ \DescribeMacro\viz
+ These macro print the abbreviation of the latin phrases
+ \emph{exempli gratia}, \emph{id est}, \emph{et cetera},
+ \emph{confer} and \emph{videlicet}, respectively.
+ The macros peek ahead to find punctuation marks and spaces, so they
+ should behave correctly regardless of usage (assuming they're used in
+ running text and uncomplicated settings). In languages other than
+ english, appropriate translations are made if applicable.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\dash
+ This macro prints an em-dash surrounded by thin spaces, as discussed
+ by \textcite[\pno~8]{Flynn}. When \cs*{DeclareUnicodeCharacter} is
+ available, the real em dash uses this definition.
+
+ \subsubsection{Color theme support}
+ \DescribeMacro\colortheme{<theme>}
+ The \cs{colortheme} macro, which is only available when the
+ \opt{color} option is \texttt{true}, applies a color theme to
+ the document. For a list of available color themes, see
+ \enquote{Color themes} \vpageref{ssec:color}.
+
+ \subsubsection{Font size macros}
+ The font size macros, expectedly, set the size of the text. They
+ do not take arguments, instead affecting all subsequent text of the
+ current \TeX\ group, so use braces to provide and limit context.
+ Also note that unlike \pkg{article}, these macros are \emph{all}
+ available, regardless of point size option.
+
+ \DescribeMacro\tiny
+ Typesets {\tiny tiny} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\scriptsize
+ Typesets {\scriptsize script-size} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\footnotesize
+ Typesets {\footnotesize footnote-sized} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\small
+ Typesets {\small small} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\normalsize
+ Typesets normal text.
+ \DescribeMacro\large
+ Typesets {\large large} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\Large
+ Typesets {\Large slightly larger} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\LARGE
+ Typesets {\LARGE even larger} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\huge
+ Typesets {\huge huge} text.
+ \DescribeMacro\Huge
+ Typesets {\Huge really huge} text.
+
+ \subsection{Color themes}\label{ssec:color}
+ \DescribeMacro\colortheme{<theme>}
+ If the package is loaded with the \opt{color} option, changing the color theme is
+ possible using \cs{colortheme}, which loads an
+ appropriate package. At the moment, four color themes are available.
+
+ \Theme{default}
+ The \thm{default} theme is fairly conservative, only coloring
+ \pkg{hyperef} links with more readable, slightly darker colors than
+ the standard ones. It should print well even on non-color printers.
+
+ \Theme{unscathed}
+ The \thm{unscathed} theme is based on a palette with the same
+ name on COLOURlovers%
+\footnote{\url{http://www.colourlovers.com/palette/1440498/unscathed}},
+ and applies a \textcolor[HTML]{463335}{dark brown} color to
+ emphasized text, a \textcolor[HTML]{CF5D3B}{rusty} color to links,
+ a \textcolor[HTML]{B34430}{darker rust} color to titles and a
+ \textcolor[HTML]{70524A}{lighter brown} to quotes.
+
+ \Theme{cruelwater}
+ The \thm{cruelwater} theme is also based on a palette from
+ COLOURlovers%
+\footnote{\url{http://www.colourlovers.com/palette/126030/Cruel_Water_at_Night}},
+ and applies a \textcolor[HTML]{030C22}{dark blue} color to bold
+ text and captions, a \textcolor[HTML]{20293F}{slightly less dark
+ blue} to titles and emphasized text, a \textcolor[HTML]{A9B0B3}{
+ light gray} color to small print and a \textcolor[HTML]{404749}{
+ darker gray} to quotes.
+
+ \Theme{violet}
+ The \thm{violet} theme, like \thm{unscathed} and \thm{cruelwater},
+ is based on a COLOURlovers palette%
+\footnote{\url{http://www.colourlovers.com/palette/1831303/Violet_White_Bedrm}}.
+ It colors all links \textcolor[HTML]{932444}{bright purple}, applies
+ a \textcolor[HTML]{311A2A}{dark puple} color to titles, bold text
+ and captions, a \textcolor[HTML]{D6CBCF}{grayish purple} to small
+ print, a \textcolor[HTML]{463335}{dark brown} color to quotes and a
+ \textcolor[HTML]{98758D}{pastel violet} color to emphasized text.
+
+ \Theme{skdoc}
+ The \thm{skdoc} theme is loosely based on the \pkg{skdoc} document class, with which this documentation is typeset.
+
+% \subsection{Additional information}
+% The document class includes a number of packages by default. This
+% is useful to know, since passing explicit options to these packages
+% will require you to utilize the \cs{PassOptionsToPackage} macro
+% before you load the class using \cs{documentclass}.
+% Table~\ref{tab:pkgs} lists the packages included by \thepkg\ along
+% with their options (if applicable).
+%
+% \begin{table}[tbp]
+% \centering
+% \caption{User-level packages included by \thepkg.}
+% \label{tab:pkgs}
+% \begin{tabular}{llp{15em}}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{Package} & \textbf{Options} & \textbf{Comments} \\
+% \midrule
+% \pkg{amsmath} & \texttt{intlimits} & Provides \hologo{AmS} commands and environments. \\
+% \pkg{amssymb} & & Only if not using \opt{kpfonts}.\\
+% \pkg{babel} & see options \opt{swe} and \opt{eng} & Only loaded if \emph{not} using \hologo{XeTeX}.\\
+% \pkg{calc} & & \\
+% \pkg{fontenc} & \texttt{T1} & Only loaded if \emph{not} using \hologo{XeTeX}. Makes sure we are using a good font encoding for crisp appearance on-screen (OT1 is horrible). \\
+% \pkg{fontspec} & \texttt{quiet} & Only loaded if using \hologo{XeTeX}. Provides basic OTF font selection commands.\\
+% \pkg{geometry} & \texttt{a4paper} or \texttt{a5paper} & This is used by the \opt{paper} option to set the paper area. \\
+% \pkg{icomma} & & \\
+% \pkg{inconsolata} & & \\
+% \pkg{microtype} & & Provides micro-typographic improvements.\\
+% \pkg{multicol} & & Only loaded with the \opt{twocolumn} option. \\
+% \pkg{polyglossia} & see options \opt{swe} and \opt{eng} & Only loaded if using \hologo{XeTeX}.\\
+% \pkg{skmath} & & Only if it exists and \opt{nomath} isn't set.\\
+% \pkg{textcomp} & & Only if not using \opt{kpfonts}.\\
+% \pkg{xcolor} & & Only loaded with the \opt{color} option.\\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+
+ \section{Known issues}\label{sec:issues}
+ A list of current issues is available in the Github repository of this
+ package\footnote{\url{https://github.com/urdh/skrapport/issues}}, but as
+ of the release of \theversion, there is one known issue:
+ \begin{description}
+ % \item[\#6] ???
+ \item[--] If a \cs{subsubsection} is the last item of the Table
+ of Contents, it will not be indented properly.
+ \end{description}
+
+ If you discover any bugs in this package, please report them to the issue
+ tracker in the \thepackage\ Github repository.
+
+ \Implementation\ExplHack
+ \section{Implementation}
+ Start by including \pkg{expl3}, \pkg{l3keys2e} and some other
+ useful packages, as well as declaring the class.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RequirePackage{expl3,l3keys2e,xparse,xstring,etoolbox}
+\ProvidesExplClass{skrapport}%
+ {2018/12/29}{0.12i}{stylish report document class}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsection{Messages}
+ Tons of messages are declared for future use.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}{Option~`#1'~deprecated!}
+ {Please~use~`#2'~instead.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{Option~`#1'~deprecated!}
+ {It~has~no~effect;~simply~use~nothing~instead.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-paper-size}{Invalid~paper~size~`#1'!}
+ {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_paper:n~was~invoked~with~an~
+ invalid~argument;~paper~size~will~remain~unchanged.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-point-size}{Invalid~point~size~`#1'!}
+ {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n~was~invoked~with~an~
+ invalid~argument;~cannot~continue~without~setting~a~valid~point~
+ size.~Please~fix~the~issue~before~typesetting~again.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-titles}{Invalid~title~type~`#1'!}
+ {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_titles:n~was~invoked~with~an~
+ invalid~argument;~falling~back~to~`#2'.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-lang}{Invalid~language~`#1'!}
+ {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_lang:n~was~invoked~with~an~
+ invalid~argument;~`babel'~and/or~`polyglossia'~will~remain~
+ unloaded.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-font}{Invalid~font~`#1'!}
+ {\token_to_str:N\__skrapport_setup_font:n~was~invoked~with~an~
+ invalid~argument;~no~font~package~has~been~loaded.~This~may~result~
+ in~bad~rendering~due~to~old~Computer~Modern~fonts.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{No-op~invokation~of~macro!}
+ {\token_to_str:N#1~was~invoked,~but~circumstances~dictate~that~the~
+ macro~should~do~nothing.~Will~do~\token_to_str:N\prg_do_nothing:~
+ instead.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{Deprecated~macro~\token_to_str:N#1!}
+ {The~old~font~macro~\token_to_str:N#1~is~deprecated!~Use~
+ \token_to_str:N#2~instead.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{Could~not~patch~macro~\token_to_str:N#1!}
+ {The~macro~\token_to_str:N#1~could~not~be~patched!~Color~theme~
+ support~may~be~incomplete.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{license-not-printed}{Detected~\token_to_str:N\license\ but~no~`titlepage'!}
+ {The~text~provided~by~\token_to_str:N\license\ is~only~printed~when~
+ the~`titlepage'~environment~is~used,~but~it~seems~to~be~missing.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{font-requires-xetex}{The~`font=#1'~option~requires~XeTeX~or~luaTeX!}
+ {Please~choose~another~font~setup~or~compile~the~document~with~
+ either~xelatex~or~lualatex.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{tocdepth-too-deep}{TOC~depth~is~too~deep!}
+ {The~current~tocdepth,~#1,~is~not~supported.~Please~redefine~the~
+ \token_to_str:N#2~macro~to~enable~support.}
+\msg_new:nnnn{skrapport}{caption-in-figcenter}{Cannot~use~\token_to_str:N\caption\ here!}
+ {The~\token_to_str:N\caption\ macro~can't~be~used~inside~figcenter~environments!~Please~move~the~caption~to~the~enclosing~float~environment.}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ This message should probably not be used at all. Except in
+ development versions straight off Github, of course.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\msg_new:nnn{skrapport}{not-implemented}
+ {Unimplemented~macro~\token_to_str:N#1!}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsection{Options}
+ First, a few booleans used by parts of the option handling code.
+ \begin{macro}{\g__skrapport_draft_bool}
+ Are we in \opt{draft} mode?
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_draft_bool
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\g__skrapport_color_bool}
+ Are we supposed to be using \opt{color}s?
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_color_bool
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool}
+ Has \pkg{polyglossia} been loaded?
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \subsubsection{Option setup macros}
+ In this section, all options declared in the previous section are
+ implemented using setup macros. Some of these may have to be called
+ in an appropriate order, but I haven't checked that yet.
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_paper:n}[1]
+ {Paper size (\texttt{a4} or \texttt{a5})}
+ \changes{0.12}{Use \pkg{typearea} to set paper size}
+ Note the extra integer, which is set up for use with \pkg{grid}.
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\int_new:N\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_paper:n#1{
+ \str_case:nnF{#1}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The two options simply consist of passing the appropriate option
+ to the \pkg{typearea} package. Note that the use of \pkg{typearea}
+ mean that we theoretically could accept more paper size options.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {a4}{
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{paper=A4}{typearea}
+ \int_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int{40}
+ }
+ {a5}{
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{paper=A5}{typearea}
+ \int_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int{28}
+ }
+ }{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Invalid paper sizes (such calls should never happen) are
+ handled by issuing a warning and hoping that the default
+ paper size is acceptable.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-paper-size}{#1}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The \pkg{typearea} package is loaded with the options specified
+ earlier through \cs{PassOptionsToPackage}, and some additional ones.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage[DIV=calc]{typearea}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ In case the point size changes later, or two column mode is
+ activated, we recalculate the typearea just before the typesetting
+ begins.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\recalctypearea}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n}[1]
+ {Point size (\texttt{10pt}, \texttt{11pt} or \texttt{12pt})}
+ The standard point sizes are defined much like in the \pkg{article}
+ class, \emph{i.e.} by saving a number and loading \file{size10.clo},
+ \file{size11.clo} or \file{size12.clo} as appropriate
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n#1{
+ \str_case:nnF{#1}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_ptsize_token}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {10pt}{\int_const:Nn\c__skrapport_ptsize_int{0}}
+ {11pt}{\int_const:Nn\c__skrapport_ptsize_int{1}}
+ {12pt}{\int_const:Nn\c__skrapport_ptsize_int{2}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ }{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Invalid point sizes are critical errors, since we can't recover
+ from them in any reasonable way. Loading a default point size is
+ unreasonable, since all in-class calls to this macro should know
+ what sizes are available, and if you're calling it with invalid
+ parameters from elsewhere, you should be punished.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \msg_critical:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-point-size}{#1}
+ }
+ \file_input:n{skrapport-size#1.clo}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_twocolumn:}
+ \changes{0.12c}{Major changes to the sectioning commands, to
+ override what \pkg{grid} is doing}
+ Setting up for twocolumn mode is slightly compliacted. Note that this
+ macro should be called from \cs{AtEndOfClass} to ensure that we patch
+ everything correctly. Note also that \pkg{multicol} is always loaded
+ as it is used for the \env{theindex} environment.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_twocolumn:{
+ \RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+ \AtBeginDocument{
+ \KOMAoptions{twocolumn=false,DIV=12}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ We include the \pkg{grid} package in two-column mode, because
+ it looks way better that way.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \int_set:Nn\l_tmpa_int{10+\c__skrapport_ptsize_int}
+ \int_set:Nn\l_tmpb_int{12*\l_tmpa_int/10}
+ \RequirePackage[fontsize=\l_tmpa_int pt,
+ baseline=\l_tmpb_int pt,
+ lines=\g__skrapport_grid_lines_int]{grid}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Now, we patch commands. First up is \env{abstract}. Save the old
+ one in case we need it (we do).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_set_eq:Nc\__skrapport_onecol_abstract:{environment~abstract~code}
+ \cs_set_eq:Nc\__skrapport_end_onecol_abstract:{environment~abstract~end~aux~}
+ \pretocmd{\__skrapport_onecol_abstract:}{\null}{}{}
+ \RenewDocumentEnvironment{abstract}{}{\section*{\abstractname}}{}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Then \env{document} (kind of, at least) and \cs{maketitle}. Again,
+ save the old \cs{maketitle}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \AfterEndPreamble{\begin{multicols}{2}}
+ \AtEndDocument{\end{multicols}}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_onecol_maketitle:\maketitle
+ \pretocmd{\maketitle}{\begin{onecol}}{}{}
+ \apptocmd{\maketitle}{\end{onecol}}{}{}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Next up is \env{titlepage}. This is where we need the saved
+ \env{abstract} and \cs{maketitle}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{titlepage}{
+ \begin{onecol}
+ \cs_set_eq:cN{environment~abstract~code}\__skrapport_onecol_abstract:
+ \cs_set_eq:cN{environment~abstract~end~aux~}\__skrapport_end_onecol_abstract:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\maketitle\__skrapport_onecol_maketitle:
+ }
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{titlepage}{\end{onecol}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Always typeset \env{equation} and friends outside the grid:
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{equation}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{equation}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{equation*}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{equation*}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{multline}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{multline}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{multline*}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{multline*}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{gather}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{gather}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{gather*}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{gather*}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{align}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{align}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{align*}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{align*}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{flalign}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{flalign}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{flalign*}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{flalign*}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{alignat}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{alignat}{\end{gridenv}}
+ \BeforeBeginEnvironment{alignat*}{\begin{gridenv}}
+ \AfterEndEnvironment{alignat*}{\end{gridenv}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Since \pkg{grid} override the usual sectioning macros, we have to
+ provide fixed and improved variants that conform to our style
+ and out public API. This is only necessary for
+ the \enquote{major} sectioning macros, not \cs*{paragraph} and
+ \cs*{subparagraph}.
+ \begin{macro*}{\section}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_section_pre_skip{-.999\baselineskip}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_section_post_skip{0.001\baselineskip}
+ \dim_gset:Nn \c__skrapport_section_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
+ \cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_section_style:
+ {\normalfont\__skrapport_title_style:}
+ \DeclareDocumentCommand\section{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{section}{1}{##1}{##2}{##3}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\subsection}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_pre_skip{\baselineskip}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_post_skip{-.35\baselineskip}
+ \dim_gset:Nn \c__skrapport_subsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
+ \cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsection_style:
+ {\normalfont\__skrapport_title_style:\unskip}
+ \DeclareDocumentCommand\subsection{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsection}{2}{##1}{##2}{##3}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\subsubsection}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_pre_skip{\baselineskip}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_post_skip{-.35\baselineskip}
+ \dim_gset:Nn \c__skrapport_subsubsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
+ \cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsubsection_style:
+ {\normalfont\itshape\__skrapport_title_style:\unskip}
+ \DeclareDocumentCommand\subsubsection{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsubsection}{3}{##1}{##2}{##3}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ We also redefine \cs{l at section} to make the TOC blend in a bit.
+ \begin{macro*}{\l at section}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \DeclareDocumentCommand\l at section{mm}{
+ \group_begin:
+ \skip_vertical:n{.75ex}
+ \__skrapport_title_style:
+ \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn{1}{0em}{1.3em}{##1}{
+ \__skrapport_title_style: ##2
+ }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ The \env{figure} environment is patched\ldots
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_xdblfloat:nn##1##2{\@xdblfloat{##1}[##2]}
+ \cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_xdblfloat:nn{nx}
+ \RenewDocumentEnvironment{figure}{o}{
+ \begin{gridenv}
+ \vspace{\intextsep}
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \cs_set:Npn\@captype{figure}
+ \centering
+ }{
+ \end{minipage}
+ \vspace{\intextsep}
+ \end{gridenv}
+ }
+ \RenewDocumentEnvironment{figure*}{o}{
+ \__skrapport_xdblfloat:nx{figure}
+ {\IfNoValueTF{##1}{tp}{##1}}
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\hsize\textwidth
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\linewidth\textwidth
+ \centering
+ }{
+ \end at dblfloat
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \ldots as is \env{table}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \RenewDocumentEnvironment{table}{o}{%
+ \begin{gridenv}
+ \vspace{\intextsep}
+ \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+ \cs_set:Npn\@captype{table}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_old_caption:\caption
+ \RenewDocumentCommand{\caption}{om}{%
+ \skip_set_eq:NN\l_tmpa_skip\abovecaptionskip
+ \skip_set_eq:NN\abovecaptionskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \skip_set_eq:NN\belowcaptionskip\l_tmpa_skip
+ \vspace{\abovecaptionskip}
+ \__skrapport_old_caption:[####1]{####2}
+ \vspace{\belowcaptionskip}
+ }
+ \centering
+ }{
+ \end{minipage}
+ \vspace{\intextsep}
+ \end{gridenv}
+ }
+ \RenewDocumentEnvironment{table*}{o}{
+ \__skrapport_xdblfloat:nx{table}
+ {\IfNoValueTF{##1}{tp}{##1}}
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\hsize\textwidth
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\linewidth\textwidth
+ \centering
+ }{
+ \end at dblfloat
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{environment}{onecol}
+ \changes{0.10}{Fixed, now not completely broken}
+ \changes{0.12b}{Reverted to \cs{newenvironment}, because \pkg{xparse} breaks the trickery}
+ Finally, we define an environment \env{onecol} that typesets
+ arbitrary material in a single column. This is a bit tricky to
+ do, and probably cargo-cult as well. We define the start of the
+ environment to immediately end itself (with the empty ending),
+ then end the \env{multiols} environment, redefine our end macro
+ to start \env{multicols} as well as redefining the start of
+ \env{onecol} to simply reset itself, then start the environment
+ again only to have it ended at once.
+
+ Basically, we trick \LaTeX\ into thinking that we have an empty
+ \env{onecol} environment at the end of the first \env{multicols},
+ then some content inside a fake \env{onecol}, then an empty
+ \env{onecol} at the start of the next \env{multicols}. Voilá, no
+ wierd group errors!
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \newenvironment{onecol}{
+ \end{onecol}
+ \end{multicols}
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set:Npn\endonecol{
+ \group_end:
+ \begin{multicols}{2}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_old_onecol:\onecol
+ \cs_set:Npn\onecol{
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\onecol\__skrapport_old_onecol:
+ }
+ \begin{onecol}
+ }
+ \cs_set:Npn\onecol{}
+ \begin{onecol}
+ }{}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_leqno:}
+ Instead of loading \file{leqno.clo}, we reimplement the (tiny) file
+ as LaTeX3 code and include it directly. It's not terribly advanced.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_leqno:{
+ \RenewDocumentCommand\@eqnnum{}{
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn{.01pt}{}
+ \hbox_overlap_right:n{
+ \normalfont\normalcolor
+ \skip_horizontal:n{-\displaywidth}
+ (\theequation)
+ }
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_fleqn:}
+ The \file{fleqn.clo} functionality is more complex, so we include
+ the file instead of reimplementing.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_fleqn:{
+ \file_input:n{fleqn.clo}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_titles:n}[1]
+ {Title style (\texttt{rm}, \texttt{it},
+ \texttt{bf} or \texttt{sf})}
+ The title styles are implemented by creating a new macro
+ \cs{__skrapport_title_style:} which will later be used by
+ \cs{section} and friends.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_titles:n#1{
+ \str_case:nnF{#1}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_title_style:}
+ \changes{0.11a}{Removed incorrect \cs{bfseries}, replaced
+ \cs{relax} with \cs{rmfamily}}
+ \changes{0.12d}{Added \texttt{it} option}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {rm}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\rmfamily}}
+ {it}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\itshape}}
+ {bf}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\bfseries}}
+ {sf}{\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_title_style:{\sffamily}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ The fall-back for incorrect parameters is an informational message
+ along with setting up for \cs{rmfamily} titles.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ }{
+ \msg_info:nnnn{skrapport}{invalid-titles}{#1}{rm}
+ \__skrapport_setup_titles:n{rm}
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_lang:n}[1]
+ {Language (\texttt{sv}, \texttt{en} or \texttt{de})}
+ \changes{0.12d}{Use \pkg{babel} mechanisms for language-dependent
+ strings, so they work correctly in \env{otherlanguage}}
+ Thus far only two language options are implemented, each of them
+ setting the other as the \enquote{other} language. We check if
+ \pkg{polyglossia} has been loaded (this is done by
+ \cs{__skrapport_setup_xelatex:}): if it has, we use the
+ \pkg{polyglossia} interface for setting languages, otherwise we
+ load the \pkg{babel} package with appropriate options.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_lang:n#1{
+ \str_case:nnF{#1}{
+ {sv}{
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool{
+ \setmainlanguage{swedish}
+ \setotherlanguage[variant=british]{english}
+ }{
+ \RequirePackage[british,swedish]{babel}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_RFC_language:{swe}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{iso,swedish}{isodate}
+ }
+ {en}{
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool{
+ \setmainlanguage[variant=british]{english}
+ \setotherlanguage{swedish}
+ }{
+ \RequirePackage[swedish,british]{babel}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_RFC_language:{eng}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{iso,british}{isodate}
+ }
+ {de}{
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool{
+ \setmainlanguage{ngerman}
+ \setotherlanguage[variant=british]{english}
+ }{
+ \RequirePackage[british,ngerman]{babel}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_RFC_language:{ger}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{iso,ngerman}{isodate}
+ }
+ }{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Fallback prints an informational message and leaves both \pkg{babel}
+ and \pkg{polyglossia} unloaded.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \msg_info:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-lang}{#1}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ After loading \pkg{babel} or \pkg{polyglossia}, we provide
+ translation strings. This is done using the \cs*{addto} and
+ \cs*{captions<lang>}, which is compatible with both packages.
+ \begin{macro*}{\captionsswedish}
+ \changes{0.12e}{Don't redefine standard language strings}
+ \begin{macro*}{\dateswedish}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \addto\captionsswedish{
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_and_word:{och}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Email_word:{E-post}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Comment_word:{Kommentar}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_eg_word:{t.ex.}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_ie_word:{dvs.}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_etc_word:{\emph{etc.}}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_cf_word:{jfr.}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_viz_word:{dvs.}
+ }
+ \cs_gset:Npn\dateswedish{
+ \cs_gset:Npn\today
+ {\int_use:N\year--\int_use:N\month--\int_use:N\day}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\captionsbritish}
+ \changes{0.12e}{Don't redefine standard language strings}
+ \begin{macro*}{\datebritish}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \addto\captionsbritish{
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_and_word:{and}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Email_word:{Email}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Comment_word:{Comment}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_eg_word:{\emph{e.g.}}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_ie_word:{\emph{i.e.}}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_etc_word:{\emph{etc.}}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_cf_word:{\emph{cf.}}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_viz_word:{\emph{viz.}}
+ }
+ \cs_gset:Npn\datebritish{
+ \cs_gset:Npn\today
+ {\int_use:N\year--\int_use:N\month--\int_use:N\day}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\captionsngerman}
+ \changes{0.12e}{Don't redefine standard language strings}
+ \begin{macro*}{\datengerman}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \addto\captionsngerman{
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_and_word:{und}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Email_word:{E-Mail}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_Comment_word:{Kommentar}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_eg_word:{z.~B.}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_ie_word:{d.~h.}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_etc_word:{usw.}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_cf_word:{vgl.}
+ \cs_gset:Nn\__skrapport_viz_word:{\emph{viz.}}
+ }
+ \cs_gset:Npn\datengerman{
+ \cs_gset:Npn\today
+ {\int_use:N\day.\,\int_use:N\month.\,\int_use:N\year}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_font:n}[1]
+ {Font (\texttt{none}, \texttt{kpfonts}, \texttt{lmodern},
+ \texttt{palatino}, \texttt{minion} or \texttt{skdoc})}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Drop the post-\pkg{amsmath} hook entirely.
+ Load \pkg{fontspec} in \texttt{word} and
+ \texttt{none}}
+ We set up the somewhat involved font stack.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_font:n#1{
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{intlimits}{amsmath}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{full}{textcomp}
+ \str_case:nnF{#1}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The \texttt{none} font stack is special. If we're using
+ \hologo{XeTeX} or \hologo{LuaTeX}, we load the \pkg{fontspec}
+ package. Otherwise, we do nothing.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {none}{
+ \bool_if:nT{\sys_if_engine_luatex_p: || \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:}{
+ \RequirePackage[quiet]{fontspec}
+ }
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The \texttt{kpfonts} font stack simply loads \pkg{kpfonts}...
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {kpfonts}{
+ \RequirePackage[easyscsl,intlimits,sumlimits]{kpfonts}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ ...and the \texttt{lmodern} font stack loads \pkg{lmodern}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {lmodern}{
+ \RequirePackage{lmodern}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The \texttt{palatino} font stack loads \pkg{tgpagella} if available,
+ but falls back to \pkg{mathpazo} otherwise.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {palatino}{
+ \file_if_exist:nTF{tgpagella.sty}{
+ \RequirePackage{arev}
+ \RequirePackage{pxfonts}
+ \RequirePackage{tgpagella}
+ }{
+ \RequirePackage[osf]{mathpazo}
+ }
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Minion Pro, provided by the \texttt{minion} font stack, loads both
+ \pkg{minionpro} (the font) and \pkg{MnSymbol} (appropriate math
+ symbols).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {minion}{
+ \AtEndOfClass{
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_old_vec:\vec
+ \cs_undefine:N\vec
+ \RequirePackage{MyriadPro}
+ \RequirePackage{MinionPro}
+ \RequirePackage{MnSymbol}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\vec\__skrapport_old_vec:
+ }
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Finally, the \texttt{skdoc} font stack loads \pkg{PTSerif} and
+ \pkg{opensans}, inspired by the style of the \pkg{skdoc} class.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {skdoc}{
+ \RequirePackage{PTSerif}
+ \RequirePackage[defaultsans,osfigures,scale=0.95]{opensans}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The \texttt{word} font stack mimics recent versions of Microsoft
+ Word, using Cambria, Consolas and Calibri. This requires a modern
+ engine that supports \pkg{fontspec}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ {word}{
+ \bool_if:nF{\sys_if_engine_luatex_p: || \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:}{
+ \msg_fatal:nnn{skrapport}{font-requires-xetex}{word}
+ }
+ \RequirePackage[quiet]{fontspec}
+ \setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX]{Cambria}
+ \setsansfont[Ligatures=TeX]{Calibri}
+ \setmonofont[Scale=0.95]{Consolas}
+ \apptocmd{\__skrapport_after_ams_hook:}{
+ \setmathfont{Cambria Math}
+ }{}{}
+ }
+ }{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ As a fallback, we print a waning and load no font packages.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{invalid-font}{#1}
+ }
+ \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{none}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ All font stacks except \texttt{none} and \texttt{kpfonts} require
+ additional packages. Or, rather, \texttt{none} can't load these
+ packages by definition, and \texttt{kpfonts} already loads them
+ internally \footcite[p.~1]{kpfonts}. They are always useful.
+
+ We also load \pkg{sourcecodepro} as our monospace font.
+ But we don't load it when using the \texttt{none} font stack.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{kpfonts}{
+ \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{word}{
+ \RequirePackage{sourcecodepro}
+ }
+ \AtEndOfClass{
+ \RequirePackage{amsmath}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The \pkg{mnsymbol} package is incompatible with \pkg{amssymb}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \str_if_eq:nnF{#1}{minion}{
+ \RequirePackage{amssymb}
+ }
+ \RequirePackage{textcomp}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_parskip:}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Fixed bug where font size reset the \cs{parindent}}
+ This part mixes \LaTeXe\ and \LaTeX3, which may not be a good thing.
+ On the other hand, it seems hard to avoid. Most of the code is
+ half-lifted from \pkg{parskip} and converted to \LaTeX3.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_parskip:{
+ \AtEndOfClass{
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parskip{0.5\baselineskip~plus~2pt}
+ \dim_gzero:N\parindent
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parfillskip{30pt~plus~1fil}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@listI}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@listi}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_gset:Npn\@listI{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
+ \dim_zero:N\topsep
+ \dim_zero:N\itemsep
+ }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN\@listi\@listI
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \dim_gset_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
+ \dim_gzero:N\topsep
+ \dim_gzero:N\itemsep
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@listii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_gset:Npn\@listii{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\labelwidth\leftmarginii
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
+ \dim_sub:Nn\labelwidth{-\labelsep}
+ \dim_zero:N\topsep
+ \dim_zero:N\itemsep
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@listiii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \cs_gset:Npn\@listiii{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\labelwidth\leftmarginiii
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\parsep\parskip
+ \dim_sub:Nn\labelwidth{-\labelsep}
+ \dim_zero:N\topsep
+ \dim_zero:N\itemsep
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \dim_gzero:N\partopsep
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@starttoc}[1]
+ {Table of contents extension}
+ \changes{0.12h}{Replaced use of deprecated \cs{c_job_name_tl}
+ with \cs{c_sys_jobname_str}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \RenewDocumentCommand\@starttoc{m}{
+ \group_begin:
+ \dim_zero:N\parskip
+ \file_if_exist:nT{\c_sys_jobname_str.##1}{
+ \file_input:n{\c_sys_jobname_str.##1}
+ }
+ \if at filesw
+ \iow_new:c{tf@##1}
+ \iow_open:cn{tf@##1}{\c_sys_jobname_str.##1}
+ \fi
+ \@nobreakfalse
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_math:}
+ This is the simplest option, only loading \pkg{skmath} if it exists.
+ Also the post-skmath hook is run.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_math:{
+ \file_if_exist:nT{skmath.sty}{\RequirePackage{skmath}}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_draft:}
+ Setting up the \opt{draft} mode is also fairly easy, as we only need
+ wider (wider than \SI{0}{\point}, that is) \cs{overfullrule}s.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_draft:{
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_draft_bool{
+ \dim_gset:Nn\overfullrule{5pt}
+ }{
+ \msg_log:nnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{\__skrapport_setup_draft:}
+ \prg_do_nothing:
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_color:}
+ Setting up colors is also fairly easy, as we only have to load the
+ \pkg{xcolor} package. All the other color-related code is in other
+ places, utilizing the \cs{g__skdoc_color_bool} boolean.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_color:{
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_color_bool{
+ \RequirePackage{xcolor}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{
+ labelfont+={bf,color=skrapport at captioncolor}
+ }{caption}
+ }{
+ \msg_log:nnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{\__skrapport_setup_color:}
+ \prg_do_nothing:
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_color:n}
+ We may also set up a specific color theme using options. This is
+ easily done by first calling \cs{__skrapport_setup_color:}, then
+ calling \cs{colortheme} at \cs{BeginDocument}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_setup_color:n#1{
+ \__skrapport_setup_color:
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_color_bool{
+ \AtBeginDocument{\colortheme{#1}}
+ }{
+ \msg_log:nnn{skrapport}{noop-call}{\__skrapport_setup_color:n}
+ \prg_do_nothing:
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_xelatex:}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Don't load \pkg{polyglossia} for \hologo{LuaTeX}.
+ Don't load \pkg{fontspec} for any engine}
+ \changes{0.12d}{Force \texttt{quiet} option for \pkg{fontspec}}
+ This macro contains special setup code for the \hologo{XeTeX} and
+ \hologo{LuaTeX} engines, such as providing
+ missing commands (which have been replaced by equivalent Unicode
+ characters, apparently) and loading \pkg{polyglossia}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_xelatex:{
+ \AtEndOfClass{
+ \cs_undefine:N\dblcolon
+ \cs_undefine:N\coloneqq
+ \cs_undefine:N\Coloneqq
+ \cs_undefine:N\eqqcolon
+ \RequirePackage{unicode-math}
+ \unimathsetup {
+ math-style = ISO,
+ bold-style = ISO,
+ sans-style = italic,
+ nabla = upright,
+ partial = italic,
+ vargreek-shape = unicode
+ }
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\nobreakspace}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \DeclareDocumentCommand\nobreakspace{}{\leavevmode\nobreak\space}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ Since apparently \hologo{LuaLaTeX} isn't supported by
+ \pkg{polyglossia}, we fall back to \pkg{babel} in that engine.
+ Thus, only load \pkg{polyglossia} for \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \sys_if_engine_xetex:TF{
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{quiet}{fontspec}
+ \RequirePackage{polyglossia}
+ \bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
+ }{
+ \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_pdftex:}
+ \changes{0.12d}{Load \pkg{isomath}}
+ This macro contains special setup code for the \hologo{pdfTeX}
+ engine. Currently, it only sets the font encoding to T1.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_pdftex:{
+ \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+ \AtEndOfClass{
+ \RequirePackage{isomath}
+ }
+ \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_has_polyglossia_bool
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_engine_specific:}
+ This macro detects the current engine and calls the appropriate
+ engine setup macro.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_engine_specific:{
+ \bool_if:nTF{\sys_if_engine_luatex_p: || \sys_if_engine_xetex_p:}{
+ \__skrapport_setup_xelatex:
+ }{
+ \__skrapport_setup_pdftex:
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \paragraph{Variants with expandable arguments}
+ Some option setup macros accept arguments, but those arguments are
+ not expanded. Here, we provide variants which expand the parameters
+ properly using the excellent \pkg{l3prg} functionality.
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:x}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:n{ x }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_titles:x}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_titles:n{ x }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_lang:x}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_lang:n{ x }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_font:x}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_setup_font:n{ x }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \subsubsection{Key-value system}
+ Let's define some \pkg{l3keys} corresponding to the options. Note
+ that most of them just refer to a macro in their \texttt{.code:n}
+ block --- these macros were defined earlier.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\keys_define:nn{skrapport}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{option}{paper}{a4paper, a5paper, a4, a5}
+ \changes{0.12}{Values \texttt{a4paper} and \texttt{a5paper} are
+ now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{a4paper}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{a5paper}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ Declare the paper size options. Note that having to handle the
+ deprecated \texttt{a4paper} and \texttt{a5paper} values of the
+ \opt{paper} option makes the code less readable. In a few
+ versions, when these options are removed, the code should probably
+ be refactored to look something like the \opt{ptsize} option below.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ paper .choice:,
+ paper / a4 .code:n =
+ {\__skrapport_setup_paper:n{a4}},
+ paper / a5 .code:n =
+ {\__skrapport_setup_paper:n{a5}},
+ paper / a4paper .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {paper=a4paper}{paper=a4}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}},
+ paper / a5paper .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {paper=a5paper}{paper=a5}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}},
+ paper .value_required:n = true,
+ a4paper .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {a4paper}{paper=a4}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}},
+ a5paper .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {a5paper}{paper=a5}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a5}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{ptsize}{10pt, 11pt, 12pt}
+ \begin{option}{10pt}
+ \begin{option}{11pt}
+ \begin{option}{12pt}
+ Declare point size options. Note that we don't deprecate the
+ non-\opt{ptsize} aliases as they are much easier to type.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ ptsize .choices:nn =
+ { 10pt, 11pt, 12pt }
+ {\__skrapport_setup_ptsize:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
+ ptsize .value_required:n = true,
+ 10pt .meta:n = {ptsize=10pt},
+ 11pt .meta:n = {ptsize=11pt},
+ 12pt .meta:n = {ptsize=12pt},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{twocolumn}
+ \changes{0.08}{Added option \opt{twocolumn}}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Use \cs{AtEndOfClass} instead of \cs{AtEndClass}}
+ Declare column options. The code here should be run through
+ \cs{AtEndOfClass} so that the setup code can patch everythin
+ properly.
+ \begin{option}{onecolumn}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ The \opt{onecolumn} option has no effect and is deprecated.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ twocolumn .code:n =
+ {\AtEndOfClass{\__skrapport_setup_twocolumn:}},
+ onecolumn .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{onecolumn}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{draft}{true, false}
+ \begin{option}{final}
+ Declare \opt{draft} and \opt{final} options. Note that even if the
+ \opt{final} option does absolutely nothing, users may expect it to
+ be there and as such it is not deprecated.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ draft .choice:,
+ draft / true .code:n =
+ {\bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_draft_bool
+ \__skrapport_setup_draft:},
+ draft / false .code:n =
+ {\bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_draft_bool},
+ draft .default:n = true,
+ final .code:n = {\prg_do_nothing:},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ Declare the \opt{fleqn} and \opt{leqno} options, mainly for
+ compatibility with the \pkg{article} class.
+ \begin{option}{leqno}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ leqno .code:n =
+ {\__skrapport_setup_leqno:},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \begin{option}{fleqn}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ fleqn .code:n =
+ {\__skrapport_setup_fleqn:},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{titles}{rm, it, bf, sf}
+ Declare options for section titles. The old \opt*{??titles} aliases
+ are deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
+ \begin{option}{rmtitles}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{bftitles}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{sftitles}
+ \changes{0.09}{Added \opt{sftitles} option}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ titles .choices:nn =
+ { rm, it, bf, sf }
+ {\__skrapport_setup_titles:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
+ titles .value_required:n = true,
+ rmtitles .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {rmtitles}{titles=rm}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=rm}},
+ bftitles .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {bftitles}{titles=bf}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=bf}},
+ sftitles .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {sftitles}{titles=sf}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=sf}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{hanging-titles}{true, false}
+ \changes{0.12d}{Added option to enable \enquote{hanging} titles}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ hanging-titles .bool_gset:N = \g__skrapport_hanging_titles_bool,
+ hanging-titles .default:n = true,
+ hanging-titles .initial:n = false,
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{lang}{sv, en, de}
+ \changes{0.12c}{Added option value \texttt{de}}
+ \changes{0.12}{Incompatible change: values \texttt{swe} and
+ \texttt{eng} are now \texttt{sv} and \texttt{en},
+ respectively}
+ \begin{option}{swe}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{eng}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ Declare options for swedish/english \pkg{babel} or
+ \pkg{polyglossia} support. Again, the old \opt{swe} and \opt{eng}
+ aliases are deprecated and will be removed.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ lang .choices:nn =
+ { sv, en, de }
+ {\__skrapport_setup_lang:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
+ lang .value_required:n = true,
+ swe .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {swe}{lang=sv}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{lang=sv}},
+ eng .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {eng}{lang=en}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{lang=en}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{font}{none, kpfonts, lmodern, palatino, minion, skdoc}
+ Declare font options. Again, aliases are deprecated.
+ \begin{option}{kpfonts}
+ \changes{0.07}{Added option \opt{kpfonts}, set as default
+ option for fonts}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{lmodern}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{palatino}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{minion}
+ \changes{0.11}{Added option \opt{minion}}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{skdoc}
+ \changes{0.11a}{Added option \opt{skdoc}}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ \begin{option}{nofont}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ font .choices:nn =
+ { none, kpfonts, lmodern, palatino, minion, skdoc, word }
+ {\__skrapport_setup_font:x{\tl_use:N\l_keys_choice_tl}},
+ font .value_required:n = true,
+ nofont .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {nofont}{font=none}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=none}},
+ kpfonts .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {kpfonts}{font=kpfonts}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=kpfonts}},
+ lmodern .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {lmodern}{font=lmodern}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=lmodern}},
+ palatino .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {palatino}{font=palatino}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=palatino}},
+ minion .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {minion}{font=minion}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=minion}},
+ skdoc .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{option-deprecated}
+ {skdoc}{font=skdoc}
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=skdoc}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{indent}{true, false}
+ \changes{0.02}{Added option of indented paragraphs}
+ \begin{option}{noindent}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ Declare indentation options. Since the \opt{noindent} option
+ technically has no effect and is an alias of \opt{indent=false},
+ it has been deprecated.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ indent .choice:,
+ indent / true .code:n = {\prg_do_nothing:},
+ indent / false .code:n = {\__skrapport_setup_parskip:},
+ indent .default:n = true,
+ noindent .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{noindent}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{color}{true, false}
+ \changes{0.09}{Added \opt{color} option}
+ \changes{0.12}{Converted to a key-value option which will load
+ the specified color theme.}
+ \begin{option}{nocolor}
+ Declare color options. Note that we explicitly set the boolean
+ \cs{g__skrapport_color_bool} as well as setting up the colors
+ through \cs{__skrapport_setup_color:n}, so that we can keep track
+ of the color usage even after the options have been set up.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ color .code:n =
+ {\str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{false}
+ {\bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_color_bool}
+ {\bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_color_bool
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{true}
+ {\__skrapport_setup_color:n{default}}
+ {\__skrapport_setup_color:n{#1}}}},
+ color .default:n = true,
+ nocolor .meta:n = {color=false},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ \begin{option}{nomath}{true, false}
+ \begin{option}{math}
+ \changes{0.12}{Option is now deprecated}
+ Declare math options. As with the \opt{noindent} option, \opt{math}
+ has been deprecated since it is an alias and has no effect.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ nomath .choice:,
+ nomath / false .code:n = {\__skrapport_setup_math:},
+ nomath / true .code:n = {\prg_do_nothing:},
+ nomath .default:n = true,
+ math .code:n =
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{option-no-effect}{math}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{option}
+ \end{option}
+
+ That's it, we're done setting up the \pkg{l3keys} for the options.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ We will now define a \enquote{defaults} key-value system because
+ \texttt{.initial:n} doesn't work they way we want it to. This
+ key-value system will be used to set flags with which we will
+ determine wether to set certain default options.
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_setup_defaults:}
+ \changes{0.12a}{\texttt{word} font stack is now the default font stack when using \hologo{XeLaTeX}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_setup_defaults:{
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_indent_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_nomath_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_color_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_font_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_lang_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_titles_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_draft_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_ptsize_bool
+ \bool_new:N\l__skrapport_has_option_paper_bool
+ \keys_define:nn{skrapport-default}{
+ indent .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_indent_bool},
+ nomath .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_nomath_bool},
+ color .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_color_bool},
+ font .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_font_bool},
+ lang .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_lang_bool},
+ titles .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_titles_bool},
+ draft .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_draft_bool},
+ ptsize .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_ptsize_bool},
+ paper .code:n =
+ {\bool_set_true:N\l__skrapport_has_option_paper_bool},
+\end{MacroCode}
+ The following keys correspond to deprecated options. They should
+ be removed when the corresponding options are removed.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ nofont .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
+ kpfonts .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
+ lmodern .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
+ palatino .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
+ minion .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
+ skdoc .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{font}},
+ swe .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{lang}},
+ eng .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{lang}},
+ rmtitles .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{titles}},
+ bftitles .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{titles}},
+ sftitles .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{titles}},
+ 10pt .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{ptsize}},
+ 11pt .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{ptsize}},
+ 12pt .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{ptsize}},
+ a4paper .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{paper}},
+ a5paper .code:n = {\keys_set:nn{skrapport-default}{paper}},
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ }
+ \ProcessKeysOptions{skrapport-default}
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_indent_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{indent=false}
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_nomath_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{nomath=false}
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_color_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{color=true}
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_font_bool{
+ \sys_if_engine_xetex:TF{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=word}
+ }{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{font=kpfonts}
+ }
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_lang_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{lang=sv}
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_titles_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{titles=bf}
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_draft_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{draft=false}
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_ptsize_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{ptsize=11pt}
+ }
+ \bool_if:NF\l__skrapport_has_option_paper_bool{
+ \keys_set:nn{skrapport}{paper=a4}
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ Finally, we process the class options using the keys defined earlier.
+ We also run the engine-specific code implemented above, and the fake
+ key system used to define defaults.
+
+ Note that we save and restore \cs{@classoptionslist} around the
+ engine-specific setup. This is because we might load \pkg{xkeyval},
+ which apparently removes all key-value options from the list when
+ loaded (and this is really bad for us).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_tmpa_cs:\@classoptionslist
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
+\cs_set_eq:NN\__skrapport_tmpb_cs:\@classoptionslist
+\cs_set_eq:NN\@classoptionslist\__skrapport_tmpa_cs:
+\__skrapport_setup_engine_specific:
+\ProcessKeysOptions{skrapport}
+\__skrapport_setup_defaults:
+\cs_set_eq:NN\@classoptionslist\__skrapport_tmpb_cs:
+\cs_undefine:N\__skrapport_tmpa_cs:
+\cs_undefine:N\__skrapport_tmpb_cs:
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsection{Required packages}
+ We also include some essential packages per default. The
+ \pkg{calc} package, for instance, is essential in later
+ definitions.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RequirePackage{calc,isodate,multicol}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ At the end of the class definition we load a very
+ useful package that improves typesetting: \pkg{microtype}.
+ Also set \cs{frenchspacing}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\AtEndOfClass{
+ \RequirePackage{microtype}
+ \frenchspacing
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ When the document starts, we set the URL style if the user has
+ loaded the \pkg{url} package.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\AtBeginDocument{
+ \cs_if_exist:NT\urlstyle{\urlstyle{same}}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsection{Utilities}
+ We define useful \LaTeX3 replacements of \LaTeXe\ stuff that
+ hasn't made its way into \pkg{interface3}. This includes
+ a \cs{settowidth} clone and possibly more stuff later.
+ \begin{macro}{\dim_set_to_wd:Nn}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\dim_set_to_wd:Nn#1#2{
+ \hbox_set:Nn\l_tmpa_box{#2}
+ \dim_set:Nn#1{\box_wd:N\l_tmpa_box}
+ \box_clear:N\l_tmpa_box
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \subsection{Hidden things}
+ Set some default measurements (should probably be replaced with
+ simply loading \pkg{typearea}).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_add:Nn\textwidth{0.5\oddsidemargin}
+\dim_add:Nn\textwidth{0.5\evensidemargin}
+\dim_add:Nn\oddsidemargin{-0.5\oddsidemargin}
+\dim_add:Nn\evensidemargin{-0.5\evensidemargin}
+\dim_gset:Nn\lineskip{1pt}
+\dim_gset:Nn\normallineskip{1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\baselinestretch}
+ Note that we can't use \cs{RenewDocumentCommand} as that yields an
+ infinite loop before or at \env{document}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\baselinestretch{}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \subsubsection{Penalties}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\int_gset:Nn\@lowpenalty {51}
+\int_gset:Nn\@medpenalty {151}
+\int_gset:Nn\@highpenalty{301}
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{4}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\topfraction}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RenewDocumentCommand\topfraction{}{.75}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\bottomfraction}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RenewDocumentCommand\bottomfraction{}{.5}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\textfraction}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RenewDocumentCommand\textfraction{}{.25}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\floatpagefraction}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RenewDocumentCommand\floatpagefraction{}{.625}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\dbltopfraction}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RenewDocumentCommand\dbltopfraction{}{.75}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\dblfloatpagefraction}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\RenewDocumentCommand\dblfloatpagefraction{}{.625}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \subsection{User-level commands and environments}
+ \subsubsection{The front page}
+ \begin{macro}{\title}[1]
+ {Title of the document}
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_title_tl}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_title_tl
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\title{m}{
+ \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_title_tl{#1}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\date}[1]
+ {Date in ISO8601 format}
+ The \cs{date} macro sets the current date of the document. It only
+ accepts dates accepted by \pkg{isodate} (or the special value
+ \enquote{\texttt{today}}). Dates are always printed using the
+ current format as specified by the \pkg{isodate} package. The default
+ value of the date (if \cs{date} isn't used) is \cs{today}.
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_title_tl}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_date_tl
+\tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\today}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\date{m}{
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{today}{
+ \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\today}
+ }{
+ \if_meaning:w \today #1
+ \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\today}
+ \else:
+ \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_date_tl{\printdate{#1}}
+ \fi:
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\author}[2]
+ {Optional email address}
+ {Author name}
+ \changes{0.10b}{Improved \cs{author} macro}
+ \changes{0.12}{Use comma-separated lists instead of token list}
+ The \cs{author} macro is redefined to accept an optional argument
+ and to be used multiple times.
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_email:n}[1]
+ {Email address}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Store \cs{textemdash} instead of \cs{NoValue}}
+ The \cs{skrapport at email} helper macro typesets an email address
+ using \pkg{hyperref} if that package is used. This is suboptimal,
+ the macro behaves differently with respect to special characters
+ depending on wether \pkg{hyperref} is loaded or not.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn\__skrapport_email:n#1{
+ \texttt{#1}
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{
+ \cs_if_exist:NT\href{
+ \cs_gset_nopar:Npn\__skrapport_email:n#1{
+ \href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}
+ }
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_author_clist}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\clist_new:N\g__skrapport_author_clist
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_email_clist}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\clist_new:N\g__skrapport_email_clist
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\author{om}{%
+ \clist_gput_right:Nn\g__skrapport_author_clist{#2}
+ \clist_gput_right:Nn\g__skrapport_email_clist
+ {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{\textemdash}{#1}}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_author_list:}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Use \cs{clist_use:Nnnn}}
+ This macro lists all the authors in the comma-separated list
+ \cs{g__skrapport_author_clist}, separating them with a comma
+ or the word \enquote{and} (in the appropriate language).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_author_list:{
+ \clist_use:Nnnn\g__skrapport_author_clist
+ {~\__skrapport_and_word:{}~}{,~}{~\__skrapport_and_word:{}~}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_email_list:}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Use \cs{clist_use:Nnnn}}
+ This macro lists the email addresses in the comma-separated list
+ \cs{g__skrapport_email_clist} by applying \cs{__skrapport_email:}
+ if appropriate (or printing an em-dash if no value exists) and
+ separating them with commas.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_email_list:{
+ \int_compare:nT{\clist_count:N\g__skrapport_author_clist>\c_zero}{
+ \clist_use:Nnnn\g__skrapport_email_clist{\\}{\\}{\\}
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\regarding}[1]
+ {Text snippet}
+ This macro defines a variable used by \cs{maketitle} to insert a
+ simple text into the header on the title page.
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_regarding_tl}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_regarding_tl
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\regarding{m}{
+ \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_regarding_tl{#1}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\license}[1]
+ {Short license description}
+ \changes{0.07}{Added command \cs{license}}
+ This macro defines a variable used by \cs{maketitle} to insert a
+ license into the footer on the titlepage.
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
+\AtEndDocument{
+ \bool_if:NT\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
+ {\msg_warning:nn{skrapport}{license-not-printed}}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_copyright_tl}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\tl_new:N\g__skrapport_copyright_tl
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\license{m}{
+ \tl_gset:Nn\g__skrapport_copyright_tl{#1}
+ \bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\maketitle}[1]
+ {Optional key-value list}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Added optional key-value argument and PDFinfo}
+ The standard \cs{maketitle} command as taken from the \pkg{article}
+ class but with some basic restyling.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\keys_define:nn{skrapport/maketitle}{
+ hide .clist_set:N = \l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist,
+ hide .value_required:n = true,
+ nopdfinfo .bool_set_inverse:N = \l__skrapport_maketitle_pdfinfo_bool,
+ nopdfinfo .default:n = true,
+ nopdfinfo .initial:n = false
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_smallprint_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_smallprint_style:{}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_abstract_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_abstract_style:
+ {\__skrapport_title_style:}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\maketitle{o}{
+ \clist_clear:N\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist
+ \IfNoValueF{#1}{\keys_set:nn{skrapport/maketitle}{#1}}
+ \bool_if:NT\l__skrapport_maketitle_pdfinfo_bool{
+ \exp_args:NNx\cs_if_exist_use:NT\hypersetup{{
+ pdfinfo={
+ Title={\tl_use:N\g__skrapport_title_tl},
+ Subject={\tl_use:N\g__skrapport_regarding_tl},
+ Author={
+ \clist_use:Nnnn\g__skrapport_author_clist{,~}{,~}{,~}
+ },
+ Lang={\__skrapport_RFC_language:}
+ }
+ }}
+ }
+ \par
+ \group_begin:
+ \RenewDocumentCommand\thefootnote{}{
+ \fnsymbol{footnote}
+ }
+ \RenewDocumentCommand\@makefnmark{}{
+ \hbox_overlap_right:n{
+ \@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}
+ }
+ }
+ \RenewDocumentCommand\@makefntext{+m}{
+ \dim_set:Nn\parindent{1em}\noindent
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn{1.8em}{
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}
+ }
+ ##1
+ }
+ \newpage
+ \int_gzero:N\@topnum
+ \__skrapport_maketitle:
+ \thispagestyle{plain}
+ \group_end:
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_maketitle:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_maketitle:{
+ \newpage
+ \hbox:n{}
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ \vspace{-\headsep}
+ \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{regarding}{
+ \small\__skrapport_smallprint_style:
+ \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_regarding_tl
+ \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{date}{
+ \tl_if_empty:NF\g__skrapport_regarding_tl{,~}
+ }
+ }
+ \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{date}{
+ \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_date_tl
+ }
+ \clist_if_in:NnTF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{regarding}{
+ \clist_if_in:NnTF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{date}
+ {}{\par}
+ }{\par}
+ \vspace{1.5cm}
+ {
+ \Huge\__skrapport_title_style:
+ \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_title_tl
+ \par
+ }
+ \vspace{.125cm}
+ {
+ \Large\__skrapport_title_style:
+ \__skrapport_author_list:
+ }
+ \vspace{.75cm}
+ \end{flushleft}
+ \par
+ \clist_if_in:NnF\l__skrapport_maketitle_hide_clist{email}{
+ \dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N\l_tmpa_dim
+ \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used
+ \dim_set:Nn\l_tmpb_dim
+ {\textwidth-\l_tmpa_dim-\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpa_dim}
+ \begin{flushright}
+ \leavevmode\__skrapport_abstract_style:
+ \__skrapport_Email_word:
+ \end{flushright}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \hspace{\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpb_dim}
+ \__skrapport_email_list:
+ \end{minipage}
+ \par
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \begin{macro*}{\g__skrapport_abstract_used}
+ This boolean keeps track of wether the \env{abstract} environment has
+ been used, and is set accordingly in the main auxillary file.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\bool_new:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used
+\AtEndDocument{
+ \iow_shipout:Nx\@mainaux{ % !!!
+ \exp_not:N\ExplSyntaxOn
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_abstract_used
+ {\exp_not:n{\bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used}}
+ {\exp_not:n{\bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used}}
+ \exp_not:N\ExplSyntaxOff
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N}[1]
+ {Dimension register}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Set abstract style before word to fix incorrect width}
+ This macro sets a dimension to either the width of the email word
+ or the width of the abstract word depending on the state of
+ \cs{g__skrapport_abstract_used}.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N#1{
+ \dim_set_to_wd:Nn\l_tmpa_dim
+ {\__skrapport_abstract_style:\abstractname}
+ \dim_set_to_wd:Nn\l_tmpb_dim
+ {\__skrapport_abstract_style:\__skrapport_Email_word:}
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_abstract_used
+ {\dim_set:Nn#1{\dim_max:nn{\l_tmpa_dim}{\l_tmpb_dim}}}
+ {\dim_set_eq:NN#1\l_tmpb_dim}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \begin{environment}{abstract}
+ Standard restyled \env{abstract} environment from the
+ \pkg{article} class.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_const:Nn\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim{1em}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{abstract}{}{
+ \bool_gset_true:N\g__skrapport_abstract_used
+ \dim_set_to_abstract_or_email_wd:N\l_tmpa_dim
+ \dim_set:Nn\l_tmpb_dim
+ {\textwidth-\l_tmpa_dim-\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpa_dim}
+ \begin{flushright}
+ \leavevmode\__skrapport_abstract_style:
+ \abstractname
+ \end{flushright}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \hspace{\c__skrapport_abstract_separator_dim}
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\l_tmpb_dim}
+}{
+ \end{minipage}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+
+ \begin{environment}{titlepage}
+ Titlepage environment.
+ \begin{macro}{\ps at skrapport@titlepage}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\ps at skrapport@titlepage{
+ \cs_set:Npn\@oddhead{}
+ \cs_set:Npn\@evenhead{}
+ \cs_set:Npn\@oddfoot{
+ \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+ \raggedleft\small\par
+ \__skrapport_smallprint_style:
+ \tl_use:N\g__skrapport_copyright_tl
+ \end{minipage}
+ }
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{titlepage}{}{
+ \cleardoublepage\setcounter{page}{1}
+}{
+ \bool_gset_false:N\g__skrapport_copyright_unprinted_bool
+ \thispagestyle{skrapport at titlepage}
+ \cleardoublepage\setcounter{page}{1}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+
+ \subsubsection{Sectioning}
+ Sectioning macros. This is kind of messy. We start with creaiting
+ some counters using our homemade \LaTeX3 counter macros.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+\newcounter{section}
+\newcounter{subsection}[section]
+\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter{subparagraph}[paragraph]
+\end{MacroCode}
+ Next up, we have macros to display the section numberings.
+ \begin{macro*}{\thesection}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_gset:Npn\thesection{
+ \arabic{section}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\thesubsection}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_gset:Npn\thesubsection{
+ \thesection.\arabic{subsection}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\thesubsubsection}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_gset:Npn\thesubsubsection{
+ \thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\theparagraph}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_gset:Npn\theparagraph{
+ \thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\thesubparagraph}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_gset:Npn\thesubparagraph{
+ \theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \paragraph{Pre- and post-section spacing}
+ Here comes the tricky part. We define two generic macros that add
+ spacing before and after the section title, to condense the code
+ a bit. Note that many of the following macros constitute a
+ reimplementation of \cs{@startsection}, \cs{@ssect}, \cs{@sect} and
+ friends.
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_pre_section:n}[1]
+ {Skip before the section title}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_pre_section:n#1{
+ \leavevmode\par
+ \skip_set:Nn\l_tmpa_skip{#1}
+ \@afterindenttrue % !!!
+ \dim_compare:nT{\l_tmpa_skip<\c_zero_skip}{
+ \skip_set:Nn\l_tmpa_skip{-\l_tmpa_skip}
+ \@afterindentfalse % !!!
+ }
+ \if at nobreak \everypar{} \else
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty % !!!
+ \skip_vertical:N\l_tmpa_skip
+ \fi
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_post_section:n}[1]
+ {Space after the section title}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_post_section:n#1{
+ \skip_set:Nn\l_tmpa_skip{#1}
+ \dim_compare:nTF{\l_tmpa_skip>\c_zero_skip}{
+ \par\nobreak
+ \skip_vertical:N\l_tmpa_skip
+ \@afterheading % !!!
+ }{
+ \@nobreakfalse
+ \global\@noskipsectrue
+ \skip_horizontal:n{-\l_tmpa_skip}
+ }
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \paragraph{Starred sections}
+ These two macros (the first only being an alias for the second with
+ its last argument empty) correspond to unnumbered sections. Or,
+ rather, they do all the typesetting and none of the TOC/counter
+ stuff. This means that starred sections only call this macro, while
+ unstarred ones call other macros in addition to this macro.
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_section_star:nnn}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_section_star:nnnn}[4]
+ {Indentation of section title}
+ {Styling of the section title}
+ {Actual section title}
+ {Optional code to run in the indentation (\emph{i.e.} section number)}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_section_star:nnn#1#2#3{
+ \__skrapport_section_star:nnnn{#1}{#2}{#3}{}
+}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_section_star:nnnn#1#2#3#4{
+ \group_begin:
+ #2
+ \hbox_set:Nn\l_tmpa_box{{\skip_horizontal:n{#1}#4}}
+ \dim_set:Nn\hangindent{#1+\box_wd:N\l_tmpa_box}
+ \noindent\box_use_drop:N\l_tmpa_box
+ \interlinepenalty\@M % !!!
+ #3
+ \group_end:
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \paragraph{Unstarred sections}
+ This macro typesets an unstarred section, \emph{i.e.} a numbered
+ one. It defines a temporary macro containing the section number
+ (maybe, depends on the \cs{c at secnumdepth} counter) which it passes
+ on to \cs{__skrapport_section_star:nnnn}, and then writes some things
+ to the TOC.
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnnnnn}[6]
+ {Section counter name}
+ {Section level}
+ {Indentation of section title}
+ {Styling of the section title}
+ {Actual section title}
+ {Section title for TOC}
+ \changes{0.12d}{Added support for hanging titles}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnnnnn#1#2#3#4#5#6{
+ \cs_set:Nn\__skrapport_saved_section:{}
+ \int_compare:nF{#2>\value{secnumdepth}}{
+ \refstepcounter{#1}
+ \cs_set:Nn\__skrapport_saved_section:{
+ \bool_if:NTF\g__skrapport_hanging_titles_bool
+ {\llap{\use:c{the#1}\hspace{1ex}}}
+ {\use:c{the#1}~}
+ }
+ }
+ \__skrapport_section_star:nnnn
+ {#3}{#4}{#5}{\__skrapport_saved_section:}
+ \use:c{#1mark}{#6}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{
+ \int_compare:nF{#2>\value{secnumdepth}}{
+ \protect\numberline{\use:c{the#1}}
+ }
+ #6
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \paragraph{Generic sectioning macros}
+ We will now set up a generic sectioning macro. First, we need
+ version of the above macros that expand their arguments.
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_pre_section:c}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_pre_section:n{c}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_post_section:c}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_post_section:n{c}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_section_star:ccn}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_section_star:nnn{ccn}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnccnn}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_section_nostar:nnnnnn{nnccnn}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ Now, the generic sectioning macro basically takes the sectioning
+ macro arguments straight up (arguments 3--5), additionally
+ requiring a section counter name and a section level. It expects
+ that constant dimensions (see definition of \cs{section} below)
+ and a formatting macro are available, and passes these as arguments
+ to the underlying sectioning macros as appropriate.
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn}[5]
+ {Section counter name}
+ {Section level}
+ {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
+ {Optional argument (or \cs{NoValue})}
+ {Section title text}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Nn\__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{
+ \__skrapport_pre_section:c{c__skrapport_#1_pre_skip}
+ \IfBooleanTF#3{
+ \__skrapport_section_star:ccn
+ {c__skrapport_#1_indent_dim}
+ {__skrapport_#1_style:}
+ {#5}
+ }{
+ \IfNoValueTF{#4}{
+ \__skrapport_section_nostar:nnccnn
+ {#1}{#2}
+ {c__skrapport_#1_indent_dim}
+ {__skrapport_#1_style:}
+ {#5}
+ {#5}
+ }{
+ \__skrapport_section_nostar:nnccnn
+ {#1}{#2}
+ {c__skrapport_#1_indent_dim}
+ {__skrapport_#1_style:}
+ {#5}
+ {#4}
+ }
+ }
+ \__skrapport_post_section:c{c__skrapport_#1_post_skip}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \paragraph{Public sectioning API}
+ It's time to define the public sectioning macros. They all follow
+ the same format: first, two skips and one dimension (used by
+ \cs{__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn}) are defined, as well as
+ a macro defining the text style of the section. Then, the actual
+ macro is provided.
+ \begin{macro}{\section}[3]
+ {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
+ {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
+ {Sectioning title}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_pre_skip}
+ This is the skip \emph{before} a section title.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_section_pre_skip{-4ex~plus~1ex~minus~-1ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_post_skip}
+ This is the skip \emph{after} a section title.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_section_post_skip{.5ex~plus~.5ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_indent_dim}
+ This is the \emph{indentation} of a section title.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_section_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_section_style:}
+ This is the text style of a section title.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_section_style:
+ {\normalfont\LARGE\__skrapport_title_style:}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ Finally, the public macro is provided.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\section{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{section}{1}{#1}{#2}{#3}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ The other sectioning macros (macros from section to subparagraph are
+ available) are defined in an analogous manner.
+ \begin{macro}{\subsection}[3]
+ {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
+ {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
+ {Sectioning title}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_pre_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_pre_skip{-3ex~plus~1ex~minus~-1ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_post_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsection_post_skip{.25ex~plus~.25ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_indent_dim}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_subsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsection_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsection_style:
+ {\normalfont\Large\__skrapport_title_style:}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\subsection{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsection}{2}{#1}{#2}{#3}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\subsubsection}[3]
+ {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
+ {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
+ {Sectioning title}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_pre_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_pre_skip{-2ex~plus~.5ex~minus~-.5ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_post_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subsubsection_post_skip{.125ex~plus~.125ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_indent_dim}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_subsubsection_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subsubsection_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subsubsection_style:
+ {\normalfont\large\__skrapport_title_style:}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\subsubsection{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subsubsection}{3}{#1}{#2}{#3}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\paragraph}[3]
+ {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
+ {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
+ {Sectioning title}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_pre_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_paragraph_pre_skip{1ex~plus~.25ex~minus~-.25ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_post_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_paragraph_post_skip{-1em}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_indent_dim}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_paragraph_indent_dim{\c_zero_dim}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_paragraph_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_paragraph_style:
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\__skrapport_title_style:}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\paragraph{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{paragraph}{4}{#1}{#2}{#3}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\subparagraph}[3]
+ {Star (tested with \cs{IfBooleanTF})}
+ {Optional short title (or \cs{NoValue})}
+ {Sectioning title}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_pre_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subparagraph_pre_skip{1ex~plus~.25ex~minus~-.25ex}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_post_skip}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_const:Nn\c__skrapport_subparagraph_post_skip{-1em}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_indent_dim}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_const:Nn \c__skrapport_subparagraph_indent_dim{\parindent}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\c__skrapport_subparagraph_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set_protected:Nn\__skrapport_subparagraph_style:
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\__skrapport_title_style:\itshape}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\subparagraph{som}{
+ \__skrapport_generic_section:nnnnn{subparagraph}{5}{#1}{#2}{#3}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \subsubsection{Macros and environments from \pkg{article}}
+ \paragraph{List environments}
+ First, several dimensions are provided and three penalties defined.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_gset:Nn\leftmargini{2em}
+\dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginii{2em}
+\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginiii{1.5em}
+\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginiv{1.5em}
+\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginv{1em}
+\dim_gset:Nn\leftmarginvi{1em}
+\dim_gset:Nn\labelsep{.5em}
+\dim_gset_eq:NN\labelwidth\leftmargini
+\dim_gsub:Nn\labelwidth{-\labelsep}
+\int_gset:Nn\@beginparpenalty{-\@lowpenalty}
+\int_gset:Nn\@endparpenalty {-\@lowpenalty}
+\int_gset:Nn\@itempenalty {-\@lowpenalty}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ Then, we define the appearance of the item numbers.
+ \begin{macro*}{\theenumi}
+ The first level consists of arabic numbers (\(1,2,3,\dotsc\)).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\theenumi {\arabic{enumi}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\theenumii}
+ The second level consists of lower-case alphabetic characters
+ (\(\text{a},\text{b},\text{c},\dotsc\)).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\theenumii {\alph{enumii}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\theenumiii}
+ The third level consists of lower-case roman numerals
+ (\(\text{i},\text{ii},\text{iii},\dotsc\)).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\theenumiv}
+ The fourth level consists of upper-case alphabetic characters
+ (\(\text{A},\text{B},\text{C},\dotsc\)).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\theenumiv {\Alph{enumiv}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ We also need macros that typeset the actual labels. Here, different
+ levels have a different postfix: all levels except the second are
+ postfixed by a period, while the second level is postfixed by a
+ closing bracket.
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelenumi}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelenumii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\labelenumii{\theenumii)}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelenumiii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelenumiv}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ We also fix the referencing of lower-level items so that one can
+ refer to them properly (\emph{i.e.} as 1b(iii) and so on).
+ \begin{macro*}{\p at enumii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\p at enumii{\theenumi}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\p at enumiii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\p at enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\p at enumiiv}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\p at enumiv{\p at enumiii\theenumiii}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ All that was for numbered lists (\env{enumerate}). Now, we define
+ the \enquote{labels} of \env{itemize} items. Alternately, they
+ are a bullet (\textbullet) and a boldfaced dash
+ ({\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}).
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelitemi}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\labelitemi{\textbullet}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelitemii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\labelitemii{\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelitemiii}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\labelitemiii{\textbullet}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\labelitemiv}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\labelitemiv{\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ The last of the commonly used list environments is \env{description}.
+ Defining it is fairly simple --- we define a list with empty item
+ labels and a bit of hackery for the \cs{makelabel} macro inside.
+ \begin{environment}{description}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{description}{}{
+ \begin{list}{}{
+ \dim_zero:N\labelwidth
+ \dim_set:Nn\itemindent{-\leftmargin}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\makelabel\descriptionlabel
+ }
+}{
+ \end{list}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\descriptionlabel}
+ Additionally, the \cs{descriptionlabel} macro is defined.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\NewDocumentCommand\descriptionlabel{m}{
+ \hspace{\labelsep}\normalfont\bfseries #1
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \end{environment}
+
+ \paragraph{Quotation environments}
+ The quotation environments are also fairly simple --- \env{quote}
+ is just a list with a single item, and \env{quotation} is a
+ \env{quote} with extra skips around it.
+ \begin{environment}{quote}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{quote}{}{
+ \begin{list}{}{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\rightmargin\leftmargin
+ }
+ \item\itshape
+}{
+ \end{list}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+ \begin{environment}{quotation}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{quotation}{}{
+ \bigskip
+ \begin{quote}
+}{
+ \end{quote}
+ \bigskip
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+ There's a \env{verse} environment, too, but it's just \env{quote}.
+ \begin{environment}{verse}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment{verse}{}{
+ \begin{quote}
+}{
+ \end{quote}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+
+ \paragraph{Front- and backmatter}
+ We only define one front/backmatter macro; \cs{appendix}.
+ \begin{macro}{\appendix}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\NewDocumentCommand\appendix{}{
+ \par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \cs_gset:Npn\thesection{\Alph{section}}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \paragraph{Old font macros}
+ The old font macros have been deprecated. Do not use!
+ \begin{macro}{\rm}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\rm{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\rm}{\textrm}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\sf}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\sf{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\sf}{\textsf}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\tt}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\tt{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\tt}{\texttt}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\bf}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\bf{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\bf}{\textbf}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\it}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\it{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\it}{\textit}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\sl}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\sl{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\sl}{\textsl}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\sc}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\sc{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\sc}{\textsc}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \paragraph{The emphasis macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\emph}
+ \changes{0.12}{Changed definition, may have introduced spacing issues}
+ Redefining the \cs{emph} style to be bold when nested.
+ \begin{macro*}{\em}
+ \changes{0.12}{Deprecated command}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\em{}{\msg_error:nnnn{skrapport}{old-font-deprecated}{\em}{\emph}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_emphstyle:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_emphstyle:{
+ \itshape
+ \dim_compare:nF{\fontdimen\c_one\font>\c_zero_dim}{\bfseries}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\emph{+m}{
+ \ifmmode
+ \text{\__skrapport_emphstyle: #1}
+ \else
+ {\__skrapport_emphstyle: #1}
+ \fi
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \paragraph{The footnote rule}
+ \begin{macro*}{\footnoterule}
+ \changes{0.12}{Removed footnote rule entirely}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\footnoterule{}{}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@makefntext}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\@makefntext{+m}{
+ \dim_set:Nn\parindent{1em}\noindent
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn{1.8em}{\hss\@makefnmark}
+ #1
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \subsubsection{Floats}
+ \paragraph{Table- and box-related lengths}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_gset:Nn\arraycolsep {5pt}
+\dim_gset:Nn\tabcolsep {6pt}
+\dim_gset:Nn\arrayrulewidth{.4pt}
+\dim_gset:Nn\doublerulesep {2pt}
+\dim_gset_eq:NN\tabbingsep\labelsep
+\skip_gset_eq:NN{\skip\@mpfootins}{\skip\footins}
+\dim_gset:Nn\fboxsep {3pt}
+\dim_gset:Nn\fboxrule {.4pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \paragraph{Counters}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\newcounter{figure}
+\newcounter{table}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\theequation}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\thefigure}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\thefigure{\arabic{figure}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\thetable}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\thetable{\arabic{table}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \paragraph{Defaults}
+ The default placement, list extension and caption text of all floats.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn \fps at figure{tb}
+\cs_new:Npn\ftype at figure{1}
+\cs_new:Npn \ext at figure{lof}
+\cs_new:Npn \fnum at figure{\figurename\ \thefigure}
+\cs_new:Npn \fps at table {tb}
+\cs_new:Npn\ftype at table {2}
+\cs_new:Npn \ext at table {lot}
+\cs_new:Npn \fnum at table {\tablename\ \thetable}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \paragraph{Environments}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_xfloat:nn}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_xfloat:nx}
+ This is a helper macro basically replacing the \cs{@float} macro
+ used by \LaTeXe.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_xfloat:nn#1#2{\@xfloat{#1}[#2]}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_xfloat:nn{nx}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{environment}{figure}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Figures are now \cs{centering}ed by default}
+ \begin{environment*}{figure*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{figure}{o}{
+ \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{figure}
+ {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{\fps at figure}{#1}}
+ \centering
+}{
+ \end at float
+}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{figure*}{o}{
+ \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{figure}
+ {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{tp}{#1}}
+ \centering
+}{
+ \end at float
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment*}
+ \end{environment}
+ \begin{environment}{table}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Tables are now \cs{centering}ed by default}
+ \begin{environment*}{table*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{table}{o}{
+ \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{table}
+ {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{\fps at table}{#1}}
+ \centering
+}{
+ \end at float
+}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{table*}{o}{
+ \__skrapport_xfloat:nx{table}
+ {\IfNoValueTF{#1}{tp}{#1}}
+ \centering
+}{
+ \end at float
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment*}
+ \end{environment}
+
+ In addition to the \env{figure} and \env{table} environments, we
+ also provide a \env{figcenter} environment that enables centering
+ of figures or tables that are too wide for the page.
+ \begin{macro*}{\coffin_typeset:Nnnon}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\coffin_typeset:Nnnnn{Nnnon}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{environment}{figcenter}
+ \changes{0.12c}{Fixed the x-offset calculation}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{figcenter}{}{
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\l__tmpa_cs\caption
+ \cs_set:Npn\caption{\msg_error:nn{skrapport}{caption-in-figcenter}}
+ \coffin_clear:N\l_tmpa_coffin
+ \hcoffin_set:Nw\l_tmpa_coffin
+}{
+ \hcoffin_set_end:
+ \dim_set:Nn\l_tmpa_dim{(\textwidth - \coffin_wd:N\l_tmpa_coffin)/2}
+ \coffin_typeset:Nnnon\l_tmpa_coffin{H}{l}{\dim_use:N\l_tmpa_dim}{0pt}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\caption\l__tmpa_cs
+ \cs_undefine:N\l__tmpa_cs
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+
+ \paragraph{Captions}
+ Before we begin, we pass options to \pkg{caption}, in case the user
+ is loading it or another package based upon it. This fixes an issue
+ where the custom caption style was overwritten with the ugly default
+ \pkg{article} caption style.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{font=small,labelfont+=bf,textfont+=it}{caption}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_caption_name_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_caption_name_style:{\small\bfseries}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_caption_text_style:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new_protected:Nn\__skrapport_caption_text_style:{\small\itshape}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\skip_new:N\abovecaptionskip
+\skip_set:Nn\abovecaptionskip{10pt}
+\skip_new:N\belowcaptionskip
+\skip_set:Nn\belowcaptionskip{10pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@makecaption}
+ \changes{0.10c}{Fix missing coloring command for some captions}
+ \changes{0.12}{Split \cs{@captionstyle} into two macros}
+ \changes{0.12a}{Fix a bug which applied caption name styling to the
+ caption text}
+ This should possibly be redefined already at the \cs{caption} level.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \skip_vertical:N\abovecaptionskip
+ \hbox_set:Nn\l_tmpa_box{
+ \color at setgroup % !!!
+ {\__skrapport_caption_name_style:#1:~}
+ {\__skrapport_caption_text_style:#2}
+ \color at endgroup % !!!
+ }
+ \dim_compare:nTF{\box_wd:N\l_tmpa_box>\hsize}{
+ {\__skrapport_caption_name_style:#1:~}
+ {\__skrapport_caption_text_style:#2}
+ \par
+ }{
+ \global\@minipagefalse % !!!
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn{\hsize}{
+ \hfil
+ \box_use_drop:N\l_tmpa_box
+ \hfil
+ }
+ }
+ \skip_vertical:N\belowcaptionskip
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \subsubsection{Table of contents}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\cs_new:Npn\@tocrmarg{2em}
+\cs_new:Npn\@dotsep{1.7}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
+ \changes{0.12}{Removed spacing and \cs{@mkboth} call}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\tableofcontents{}{
+ \section*{\contentsname}
+ \makeatletter
+ \@starttoc{toc}
+ \makeatother
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ The following macros conspire to replace \cs{@dottedtocline}.
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn}[6]
+ {TOC line character}
+ {Table of contents level of the line}
+ {Indentation at the start of the line}
+ {Width of the section number}
+ {Section title}
+ {Page number}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn#1#2#3#4#5#6{
+ \int_compare:nF{#2>\value{tocdepth}}{
+ \skip_vertical:n{0pt~plus~.2pt}
+ \group_begin:
+ \skip_set:Nn\leftskip{#3}
+ \skip_set_eq:NN\rightskip\@tocrmarg
+ \skip_set:Nn\parfillskip{-\rightskip}
+ \dim_set:Nn\parindent{#3}
+ \@afterindenttrue % !!!
+ \interlinepenalty\@M % !!!
+ \leavevmode
+\end{MacroCode}
+ This here is pretty dumb. We can't use a \LaTeX3\ temporary skip
+ register (or skip the temporary), because \texttt{\#5} further down
+ will contain a \cs{hbox} based on \cs{@tempdima}. The proper thing
+ to do here would be to rewrite \cs{addcontentsline}, I guess. Bah.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \skip_set:Nn\@tempdima{#4} % !!! (dumb)
+ \skip_add:Nn\leftskip{\@tempdima}
+ \null\nobreak
+ \skip_horizontal:n{-\leftskip}
+ {#5}\nobreak
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF{#1}{}{
+ \hfill
+ }{
+ \leaders\hbox:n{
+ \(\mkern\@dotsep mu\hbox{#1}\mkern\@dotsep mu\) % !!!
+ }
+ }
+ \hfill\nobreak
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn{\@pnumwidth}{ % !!!
+ \hfil\normalfont\normalcolor #6
+ }
+ \par
+ \group_end:
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn}[5]
+ {Table of contents level of the line}
+ {Indentation at the start of the line}
+ {Width of the section number}
+ {Section title}
+ {Page number}
+ This is a variant of \cs{__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn} which
+ implicitly sets empty space as its TOC line.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn#1#2#3#4#5{
+ \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn{}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\l at section}
+ \changes{0.12}{Now uses \cs{__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at section{mm}{
+ \group_begin:
+ \skip_vertical:n{.75ex}
+ \bfseries
+ \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnn{1}{0em}{1.3em}{#1}{#2}
+ \group_end:
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\l at subsection}
+ \changes{0.12}{Now uses \cs{__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at subsection{mm}{
+ \group_begin:
+ \skip_vertical:n{.35ex}
+ \penalty\@secpenalty % !!!
+ \__skrapport_toc_line:nnnnnn{.}{2}{1.3em}{2em}{#1}{#2}
+ \group_end:
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\l at subsubsection}
+ \changes{0.12}{Changed style to match \pkg{skdoc}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at subsubsection{mm}{
+ \skip_set:Nn\leftskip{3.3em}
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\parindent\c_zero_dim
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\numberline\use_none:n
+ \small #1~[#2]
+ \group_end:
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\l at paragraph}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at paragraph{mm}{
+ \int_compare:nF{4>\value{tocdepth}}{
+ \msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{tocdepth-too-deep}
+ {4}{\l at paragraph}
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro*}{\l at subparagraph}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\l at subparagraph{mm}{
+ \int_compare:nF{5>\value{tocdepth}}{
+ \msg_warning:nnnn{skrapport}{tocdepth-too-deep}
+ {5}{\l at subparagraph}
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ Fix for \emph{e.g.}~\pkg{tocloft} package.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_set:Npn\l at figure{}
+\cs_set:Npn\l at table{}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsubsection{Basic bibliography support}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_new:N\bibindent
+\dim_set:Nn\bibindent{2em}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
+ \changes{0.12}{Removed \cs{@mkboth}, \cs{@openbib at code} and
+ \cs{@noitemerr}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{thebibliography}{m}{
+ \section*{\refname}
+ \list{\@biblabel{\arabic{enumiv}}}{
+ \dim_set_to_wd:Nn\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \dim_add:Nn\leftmargin{\labelsep}
+ \usecounter{enumiv} % !!!
+ \cs_set:Nn\p at enumiv{}
+ \RenewDocumentCommand\theenumiv{}{\arabic{enumiv}}
+ }
+ \sloppy
+ \int_set:Nn\clubpenalty{4000}
+ \int_set_eq:NN\@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \int_set:Nn\widowpenalty{4000}
+}{
+ \cs_set:Nn\@noitemerr{}
+ \endlist
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+ \begin{macro*}{\newblock}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\newblock{}{
+ \skip_horizontal:n{.11em~plus~.33em~minus~.07em}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{environment}{theindex}
+ \changes{0.12}{Use \pkg{multicol} instead of \cs{twocolumn} mode,
+ removed \cs{@mkboth} call}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentEnvironment{theindex}{}{
+ \begin{multicols}{2}[\section*{\indexname}]
+ \thispagestyle{plain}
+ \dim_zero:N\parindent
+ \skip_set:N\parskip{\c_zero_skip~plus~.3pt}
+ \dim_zero:N\columnseprule
+ \dim_set:Nn\columnsep{35pt}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN\item\@idxitem
+}{
+ \end{multicols}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{environment}
+ \begin{macro*}{\@idxitem}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\@idxitem{}{
+ \par
+ \dim_set:Nn\hangindent{40pt}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \begin{macro}{\subitem}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\subitem{}{
+ \@idxitem
+ \hspace*{20pt}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\subsubitem}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\subsubitem{}{
+ \@idxitem
+ \hspace*{30pt}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro*}{\indexspace}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\indexspace{}{
+ \par
+ \skip_vertical:n{10pt~plus~5pt~minus~3pt}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+
+ \subsubsection{Miscellaneous}
+ A macro \cs{comment} (alias \cs{com}/\cs{note}) is defined to let
+ the user add comments and notes to the document.
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_comment:n}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_comment:n#1{
+ {\textbf{\__skrapport_Comment_word: :}~#1}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\comment}
+ \changes{0.10}{Added macro for comments}
+ \changes{0.12b}{No longer uses \cs{colorbox} if no color package is loaded}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\comment{sm}{
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NT\colorbox{{red!50}}
+ {\__skrapport_comment:n{#2}}
+ }
+ {\marginpar{\__skrapport_comment:n{#2}}}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\com}
+ \begin{macro}{\note}
+ \changes{0.10b}{Fixed a silly error in \cs{com} and \cs{note}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\ProvideDocumentCommand\com{sm}
+ {\IfBooleanTF{#1}{\comment*{#2}}{\comment{#2}}}
+\ProvideDocumentCommand\note{sm}
+ {\IfBooleanTF{#1}{\comment*{#2}}{\comment{#2}}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_space_if_not_punctuation:}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new:Nn\__skrapport_space_if_not_punctuation:{
+ \clist_if_in:noF
+ {{,},:,;,!,?,-,),'}
+ {\token_to_meaning:N\l_peek_token}
+ {\ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:n}
+ \begin{macro*}{\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\cs_new_nopar:Nn\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:n{
+ \mbox{#1}
+ \peek_meaning_remove:NTF.{}{
+ \peek_meaning:NF\ {
+ \peek_after:Nw\__skrapport_space_if_not_punctuation:
+ }
+ }
+}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn\__skrapport_peek_punctuation:n{x}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro*}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\eg}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\eg{}{
+ \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_eg_word:}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\ie}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\ie{}{
+ \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_ie_word:}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\etc}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\etc{}{
+ \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_etc_word:}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\cf}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\cf{}{
+ \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_cf_word:}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\viz}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\viz{}{
+ \__skrapport_peek_punctuation:x{\__skrapport_viz_word:}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\dash}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand\dash{}{
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NT\texorpdfstring
+ {\unskip\nobreak\thinspace\textemdash\thinspace\ignorespaces}{{ - }}
+}
+\cs_if_exist_use:NT\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{{2014}{\dash}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+
+ \subsubsection{Color theme support}
+ Color theme setup. Start by patching commands and declaring
+ default colors. Not implemented: background colors for e.g.
+ quote environments and sections headings, different colors
+ for the different sectioning levels.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\bool_if:NT\g__skrapport_color_bool{
+ \apptocmd{\bfseries}
+ {\color{skrapport at boldcolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\bfseries}}
+ \apptocmd{\itshape}
+ {\color{skrapport at italiccolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\itshape}}
+ \apptocmd{\__skrapport_title_style:}
+ {\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_title_style:}}
+ \apptocmd{\__skrapport_smallprint_style:}
+ {\color{skrapport at smallprintcolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_smallprint_style:}}
+ \apptocmd{\__skrapport_abstract_style:}
+ {\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_abstract_style:}}
+ \apptocmd{\quote}
+ {\color{skrapport at quotecolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\quote}}
+ \apptocmd{\__skrapport_caption_name_style:}
+ {\color{skrapport at captioncolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_caption_name_style:}}
+ \apptocmd{\__skrapport_emphstyle:}
+ {\color{skrapport at emphcolor}}{}
+ {\msg_warning:nnn{skrapport}{color-patch-failed}{\__skrapport_emphstyle:}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+% I have no idea why this was here or what difference it makes. These
+% things should be using \__skrapport_title_style:.
+% \ifskrapport at twocolumn\AtBeginDocument{%
+% \renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+% {-.999\baselineskip}{0.001\baselineskip}{\bfseries\mathversi%on{bold}\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}}
+% \renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+% {\baselineskip}{-.35\baselineskip}{\bfseries\color{skrapport at titlecolor}\unskip}}
+% \renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+% {\baselineskip}{-.35\baselineskip}{\itshape\color{skrapport at titlecolor}\unskip}}
+% }\fi
+% \renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
+% {1ex \@plus .25ex \@minus -.25ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}}
+% \renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}%
+% {1ex \@plus .25ex \@minus -.25ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape\color{skrapport at titlecolor}}}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
+ \hypersetup{%
+ citebordercolor=skrapport at citecolor,citecolor=skrapport at citecolor,%
+ filebordercolor=skrapport at filecolor,filecolor=skrapport at filecolor,%
+ linkbordercolor=skrapport at linkcolor,linkcolor=skrapport at linkcolor,%
+ menubordercolor=skrapport at menucolor,menucolor=skrapport at menucolor,%
+ urlbordercolor=skrapport at urlcolor,urlcolor=skrapport at urlcolor,%
+ runbordercolor=skrapport at runcolor,runcolor=skrapport at runcolor%
+ }
+ }{}}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\color{skrapport at defaultcolor}}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\colortheme}
+ The \cs{colortheme} macro allows the end-user to load color themes
+ (described later) to customize the colors of the document when the
+ class is loaded with the \opt{color} option.
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \DeclareDocumentCommand\colortheme{m}{
+ \usepackage{skrapport-colortheme-#1}
+ }
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+ \colortheme{default}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsection{Final class setup}
+ We end the document class by setting a few lengths along with the
+ page style and page numbering. Also, activate \cs{raggedbottom} and
+ \cs{onexolumn} (since we always do all the two-column stuff
+ ourselves anyway).
+\begin{MacroCode}{class}
+\dim_set:Nn\columnsep{10pt}
+\dim_zero:N\columnseprule
+\pagestyle{plain}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\raggedbottom
+\onecolumn
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsection{Color themes}
+ As described earlier, the user can load color themes to customize
+ the appearance of the document if the class was loaded with the
+ \opt{color} option. Four themes are available by default.
+
+ \subsubsection{Default color theme}
+ \begin{theme}{Default}
+ \changes{0.09}{Added default color theme}
+\begin{MacroCode}{theme-default}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-default}
+ {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme default}
+\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{named}{green}
+\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{named}{teal}
+\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{named}{red}
+\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{named}{red}
+\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{named}{cyan}
+\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{named}{teal}
+\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{theme}
+
+ \subsubsection{Unscathed color theme}
+ \begin{theme}{Unscathed}
+ \changes{0.09}{Added \enquote{Unschathed} color theme}
+\begin{MacroCode}{theme-unscathed}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-unscathed}
+ {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme unscathed}
+\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
+\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
+\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
+\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{named}{skrapport at defaultcolor}
+\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{HTML}{463335}
+\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{HTML}{CF5D3B}
+\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{named}{skrapport at linkcolor}
+\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{HTML}{B34430}
+\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{named}{skrapport at titlecolor}
+\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{HTML}{70524A}
+\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{named}{skrapport at quotecolor}
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{theme}
+
+ \subsubsection{Cruelwater color theme}
+ \begin{theme}{Cruelwater}
+ \changes{0.09}{Added \enquote{Cruelwater} color theme}
+\begin{MacroCode}{theme-cruelwater}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-cruelwater}
+ {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme cruelwater}
+\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{HTML}{030C22}
+\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{HTML}{20293F}
+\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{HTML}{A9B0B3}
+\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{HTML}{404749}
+\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{HTML}{030C22}
+\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{HTML}{20293F}
+\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{theme}
+
+ \subsubsection{Violet color theme}
+ \begin{theme}{Violet}
+\changes{0.09}{Added \enquote{Violet} color theme}
+\begin{MacroCode}{theme-violet}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-violet}
+ {2012/06/07}{1.0}{skrapport color theme violet}
+\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{HTML}{932444}
+\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{HTML}{932444}
+\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{HTML}{932444}
+\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{HTML}{932444}
+\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{HTML}{932444}
+\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{HTML}{932444}
+\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{HTML}{311A2A}
+\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{HTML}{311A2A}
+\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{HTML}{D6CBCF}
+\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{HTML}{463335}
+\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{HTML}{311A2A}
+\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{HTML}{98758D}
+\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{theme}
+
+ \subsubsection{skdoc color theme}
+ \begin{theme}{skdoc}
+\changes{0.11a}{Added \enquote{skdoc} color theme}
+\begin{MacroCode}{theme-skdoc}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-colortheme-skdoc}
+ {2013/04/10}{1.0}{skrapport color theme skdoc}
+\definecolor{skrapport at citecolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
+\definecolor{skrapport at filecolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
+\definecolor{skrapport at linkcolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
+\definecolor{skrapport at menucolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
+\definecolor{skrapport at urlcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
+\definecolor{skrapport at runcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
+\definecolor{skrapport at boldcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
+\definecolor{skrapport at titlecolor}{RGB}{11,72,107}
+\definecolor{skrapport at italiccolor}{named}{black}
+\definecolor{skrapport at smallprintcolor}{RGB}{11,72,107}
+\definecolor{skrapport at quotecolor}{RGB}{140,35,24}
+\definecolor{skrapport at captioncolor}{RGB}{11,72,107}
+\definecolor{skrapport at emphcolor}{RGB}{73,10,61}
+\definecolor{skrapport at defaultcolor}{named}{black}
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{theme}
+
+ \section{Point sizes}
+ The point size options are pretty much \LaTeX3 translations of the
+ standard \pkg{article} class option files. There's a lot of duplicate
+ code here which may be worth to consolidate a bit.
+
+ \subsubsection{Common macros}
+ We first set up a package providing replacements for \LaTeXe\ macros,
+ common to all the point size files.
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-common}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{skrapport-size-common}
+ {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option common macros}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\__skrapport_set_font_size:nn}[2]
+ {Font size}
+ {Baseline skip?} % !!!
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-common}
+\cs_new:Npn\__skrapport_set_font_size:nn#1#2{
+ \fontsize{#1}{#2} % !!!
+ \selectfont
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-common}
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \subsubsection{Actual point size files}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\RequirePackage{expl3}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+\ProvidesExplFile{skrapport-size10pt.clo}
+ {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option 10pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+\ProvidesExplFile{skrapport-size11pt.clo}
+ {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option 11pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+\ProvidesExplFile{skrapport-size12pt.clo}
+ {2013/04/29}{1.0}{skrapport point size option 12pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\RequirePackage{skrapport-size-common}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\normalsize}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\RenewDocumentCommand\normalsize{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{10}{12}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {10pt~plus~2pt~minus~5pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6pt ~plus~3pt~minus~3pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{11}{13.2}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {11pt ~plus~3pt ~minus~6pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6.5pt~plus~3.5pt~minus~3pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{12}{14.5}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {12pt ~plus~3pt ~minus~7pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6.5pt~plus~3.5pt~minus~3pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+ \skip_gset_eq:NN\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN\@listi\@listI
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\normalsize
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \begin{macro}{\small}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\small{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{9}{11}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {8.5pt~plus~3pt~minus~4pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~2pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {4pt ~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{10}{12}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {10pt~plus~2pt~minus~5pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~2pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6pt ~plus~3pt~minus~3pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{11}{13.6}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {11pt ~plus~3pt ~minus~6pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt ~plus~3pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {6.5pt~plus~3.5pt~minus~3pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+ \skip_gset_eq:NN\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \cs_gset:Npn\@listi{
+ \dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{6pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{3pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{ 9pt~plus~3pt~minus~5pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+ \skip_gset_eq:NN\itemsep\parsep
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\footnotesize}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\footnotesize{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{8}{9.5}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {6pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt~plus~1pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {3pt~plus~1pt~minus~2pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{9}{11}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {8pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip {0pt~plus~1pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{10}{12}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayskip {10pt~plus~2pt~minus~5pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \abovedisplayshortskip { 0pt~plus~3pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn \belowdisplayshortskip { 6pt~plus~3pt~minus~3pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+ \skip_gset_eq:NN\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \cs_gset:Npn\@listi{
+ \dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{3pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\topsep{6pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+ \skip_gset:Nn\parsep{3pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+ \skip_gset_eq:NN\itemsep\parsep
+ }
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\scriptsize}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\scriptsize{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{7}{8}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11,size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{8}{9.5}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\tiny}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\tiny{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{5}{6}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11,size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{6}{7}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\large}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\large{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{12}{14}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{14}{18}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\Large}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\Large{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{14}{18}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{17}{22}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\LARGE}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\LARGE{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{17}{22}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{20}{25}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\huge}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\huge{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{20}{25}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{25}{30}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+ \begin{macro}{\Huge}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\NewDocumentCommand\Huge{}{
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{25}{30}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \__skrapport_set_font_size:nn{30}{36}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ \end{macro}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+\dim_set:Nn\parindent {15pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+\dim_set:Nn\parindent {17pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+\dim_set:Nn\parindent {1.5em}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\skip_set:Nn\smallskipamount{ 3pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\medskipamount { 6pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\bigskipamount {12pt~plus~4pt~minus~4pt}
+\dim_set:Nn\headheight{12pt}
+\dim_set:Nn\headsep {25pt}
+\dim_set:Nn\topskip {10pt}
+\dim_set:Nn\footskip {30pt}
+\dim_set:Nn\maxdepth { 5pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ These (\emph{i.e.} text width and height) are hopefully overwritten
+ by \pkg{typearea} later, so we don't bother much with them.
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\dim_set:Nn\textwidth {\paperwidth-2cm}
+\dim_set:Nn\textheight{\paperheight-2cm}
+\dim_set:Nn\oddsidemargin {.2cm}
+\dim_set:Nn\evensidemargin {1cm}
+\dim_set:Nn\marginparsep {11pt}
+\dim_set:Nn\marginparpush {5pt}
+\dim_set:Nn\marginparwidth {.8cm-\marginparsep}
+\dim_set:Nn\topmargin{\paperheight-1cm
+ -\headheight-\headsep
+ -\textheight-\footskip
+ -.5\topmargin}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+\dim_set:Nn\footnotesep{6.65pt}
+\skip_set:Nn{\skip\footins} { 9pt~plus~4pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\floatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\textfloatsep {20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\intextsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\dblfloatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\dbltextfloatsep{20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+\dim_set:Nn\footnotesep{7.7pt}
+\skip_set:Nn{\skip\footins} {10pt~plus~4pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\floatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\textfloatsep {20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\intextsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\dblfloatsep {12pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\dbltextfloatsep{20pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+\dim_set:Nn\footnotesep{8.4pt}
+\skip_set:Nn{\skip\footins} {10.8pt~plus~4pt~minus~2pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\floatsep {12pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\textfloatsep {20pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\intextsep {14pt ~plus~4pt~minus~4pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\dblfloatsep {14pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\dbltextfloatsep{20pt ~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+ These six have been changed slightly compared to \LaTeXe.
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\skip_set:Nn\@fptop{ 5pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+\skip_set:Nn\@fpsep{10pt~plus~2fil}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+\skip_set:Nn\@fpsep{11pt~plus~2fil}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+\skip_set:Nn\@fpsep{12pt~plus~2fil}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\skip_set:Nn\@fpbot{ 5pt}
+\skip_set:Nn\@dblfptop{ 5pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpsep{10pt~plus~2fil}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpsep{11pt~plus~2fil}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpsep{12pt~plus~2fil}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\skip_set:Nn\@dblfpbot{ 5pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+\skip_set:Nn\partopsep{2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+\skip_set:Nn\partopsep{3pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+\skip_set:Nn\partopsep{3pt~plus~2pt~minus~2pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\cs_set:Npn\@listi{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \skip_set:Nn\parsep {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep {8pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\itemsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+ \skip_set:Nn\parsep {4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep { 9pt~plus~3pt~minus~5pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\itemsep{4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \skip_set:Nn\parsep { 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep {10pt~plus~4pt ~minus~6pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\itemsep{ 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+}
+\cs_set_eq:NN\@listI\@listi
+\dim_gset_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+\skip_gset:Nn\parsep {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\skip_gset:Nn\topsep {8pt~plus~2pt~minus~4pt}
+\skip_gset:Nn\itemsep{4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+\skip_gset:Nn\parsep {4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\skip_gset:Nn\topsep { 9pt~plus~3pt~minus~5pt}
+\skip_gset:Nn\itemsep{4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+\skip_gset:Nn\parsep { 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
+\skip_gset:Nn\topsep {10pt~plus~4pt ~minus~6pt}
+\skip_gset:Nn\itemsep{ 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+\cs_set:Npn\@listii{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginii-\labelsep}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10}
+ \skip_set:Nn\parsep {2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep {4pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-11}
+ \skip_set:Nn\parsep { 2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep {4.5pt~plus~2pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \skip_set:Nn\parsep {2.5pt~plus~1pt ~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep { 5pt~plus~2.5pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+ \skip_set_eq:NN\itemsep\parsep
+}
+\cs_set:Npn\@listiii{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginiii-\labelsep}
+ \skip_set_eq:NN\parsep\c_zero_skip
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep {2pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\partopsep{1pt~plus~0pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-12}
+ \skip_set:Nn\topsep {2.5pt~plus~1pt~minus~1pt}
+ \skip_set:Nn\partopsep{ 1pt~plus~0pt~minus~1pt}
+\end{MacroCode}
+\begin{MacroCode}{size-10,size-11,size-12}
+ \skip_set_eq:NN\itemsep\topsep
+}
+\cs_set:Npn\@listiv{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginiv-\labelsep}
+}
+\cs_set:Npn\@listv{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginv-\labelsep}
+}
+\cs_set:Npn\@listvi{
+ \dim_set_eq:NN\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \dim_set:Nn\labelwidth{\leftmarginvi-\labelsep}
+}
+\endinput
+\end{MacroCode}
+
+ \Finale
+ \section{Installation}
+ The easiest way to install this package is using the package
+ manager provided by your \LaTeX\ installation if such a program
+ is available. Failing that, provided you have obtained the package
+ source (\file{skrapport.tex} and \file{Makefile}) from either CTAN
+ or Github, running \texttt{make install} inside the source directory
+ works well. This will extract the documentation and code from
+ \file{skrapport.tex}, install all files into the TDS tree at
+ \texttt{TEXMFHOME} and run \texttt{mktexlsr}.
+
+ If you want to extract code and documentation without installing
+ the package, run \texttt{make all} instead. If you insist on not
+ using \texttt{make}, remember that packages distributed using
+ \pkg{skdoc} must be extracted using \texttt{pdflatex}, \emph{not}
+ \texttt{tex} or \texttt{latex}.
+
+ \PrintChanges
+ \PrintIndex
+ \printbibliography
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/skrapport/skrapport.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds 2018-12-30 22:10:06 UTC (rev 49539)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds 2018-12-30 22:11:16 UTC (rev 49540)
@@ -1092,7 +1092,6 @@
'simurgh', "&MAKEflatten",
'skak', "&MAKEflatten",
'skeyval', "&MAKEmv_doctex",
- 'skrapport', "&MAKEflatten",
'slashbox', "die 'skipping, noinfo license, c.1993'",
'slidenotes', "die 'skipping, nonfree'",
'smallcap', "die 'skipping, questionable license, 1996'",
@@ -1459,7 +1458,6 @@
'schule', => '&POSTschule',
'simple-resume-cv' => '&POST_simple_rmFonts',
'simple-thesis-dissertation' => '&POST_simple_rmFonts',
- 'skrapport' => '&POSTskrapport',
'splitindex' => '&POST_do_man',
'startex' => '&POST_otherformat',
'tap' => '&POSTtap',
@@ -2459,7 +2457,6 @@
'rcs', 'rcs.el|src|' . $standardsource,
'ruhyphen', '^[^.]*$|README.ru|hyphen.rules',
'selnolig', 'NULL', # not .fea
- 'skrapport', 'NULL', # keep in doc
'texosquery', 'java|\.batch$|' . $standardsource,
'thailatex', 'NULL', # no gain in splitting up
'tlcockpit', 'TODO|build|project|src',
@@ -2650,7 +2647,6 @@
'schedule' => 'latex', # requires interaction
'silence' => 'latex -translate-file=empty.tcx', # no 8-bit
'skdoc' => 'tex',
- 'skrapport' => 'pdflatex', # as with download
'svg' => 'etex -interaction=nonstopmode',
'svn-multi' => 'latex', # interaction for .pl
'teubner' => 'latex', # interaction
@@ -6482,13 +6478,6 @@
&SYSTEM ("$MV doc/* . && rmdir doc");
}
-sub POSTskrapport {
- # ordinarily when we flatten we want the directory name appended, as
- # in README.doc, README.source, etc. But for this package, better not to.
- print "POST$package - rename Makefile.source\n";
- &SYSTEM ("$MV Makefile.source Makefile");
-}
-
sub POST_simple_rmFonts {
print "POST$package - rm Fonts dir\n";
&SYSTEM ("$RM -r Fonts");
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list